Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Diversified / Numis / FY2022 Annual Report

Numis
Annual Report 2022

NUM · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker NUM
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Diversified
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Numis
Loading PDF…
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 01
Annual Report 2022
2022
Annual Report
New thinking
New opportunities

Contents
Strategic report
03
We are Numis
04
Group overview
06
Brand refresh
08
Brand strategy 
09
Chairman’s statement
10
New thinking. New opportunities
12
Business model
16
Market review
18
Message from the Co-CEOs
22
Financial review
26
Strategic priorities
30
Key performance indicators
31
Our ESG framework
34
Stakeholder engagement 
and Section 172
36
ESG: Empowering employees
38
ESG: Responsible governance 
and ethical business practices
42
ESG: Building our footprint in, and 
relationship with, our community
44
ESG: Embedding ESG into advisory
45
Climate reporting/TCFD disclosures
47
Risk management
49
Governance
56
Board of Directors
57
Corporate Governance report 
and Statement of Compliance 2022
60
Nominations Committee report
66
Audit Committee report
70
Risk Committee report
74
Remuneration Committee report
77
Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements
86
Directors’ report
87
Financial statements
90
Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Numis Corporation Plc
91
Consolidated Income Statement
96
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income
96
Consolidated Balance Sheet
97
Company Balance Sheet
98
Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity
99
Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity
100
Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows
101
Company Statement of Cash Flows
101
Notes to the Financial Statements
102
Other information
128
Notice of Annual General 
Meeting 2023
129
Information for shareholders
135
Alternative performance measures
136

New
thinking.
	
New
opportunities.
Offering strategic advice, unique insights and 
connectivity to the capital markets, we are the bridge 
between ambitious companies and the investors who 
want to back them. Together, we create value to 
support the big ideas shaping the world around us.
Already a leader within the UK market, we 
aspire to be the investment bank of choice for 
the most innovative and inspiring companies, 
whether public or private and anywhere in 
the world. 
Working together, we find new ideas, new 
opportunities and new doors to open.
 01
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

Overview
•	Revenue of £144.2m, down 33% on the 
record performance of FY21 due to 
unfavourable market conditions. 
•	Profit before tax down 72%, reflecting 
operational gearing in the business. 
•	Record advisory revenue for second 
successive year, demonstrating excellent 
strategic progress in M&A. 
•	Capital markets revenues down 62% 
in line with market due to significant 
slowdown in fundraising activity.
•	Resilient equities performance despite 
market declines and UK fund outflows. 
•	FTSE 350 client base increased for 
fifth consecutive year to 68 despite 
the headwind of elevated client 
takeover activity.
•	Geographic diversification of the 
business continues with the opening of 
our EU office in Dublin.
•	Full year dividend of 13.5p consistent with 
the prior year, and a further £11.6m spent 
on share repurchases.
Revenue (£m)
£144.2m -33%
Profit before tax (£m)
£20.9m -72%
Total income (£m)
£142.8m -36%
Diluted earnings per share (p)
11.9p -76%
Cash balances (£m)
£105.7m -21%
Share buyback spend (£m)
£11.6m -52%
Dividend per share (p)
13.5p 0%
144.2
154.9
215.6
136.0
111.6
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
20.9
37.1
74.2
31.6
12.4
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
155.2
224.3
142.8
137.8
109.4
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
11.9
26.7
49.1
23.0
8.1
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
105.7
125.2
134.1
111.7
84.2
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
11.6 
9.8 
24.2 
16.3 
12.0 
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
13.5
12.0
13.5
12.0
12.0
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
 02
Annual Report 2022

We are Numis
04
Group overview
06
Brand refresh
08
Brand strategy 
09
Chairman’s statement
10
New thinking. 
New opportunities
12
Business model
16
Market review
18
Co-CEOs’ message
23
Financial review
26
Strategic priorities
30
Key performance indicators
31
Our ESG framework
34
Stakeholder engagement 
& Section 172
36
ESG: Empowering employees
38
ESG: Responsible 
governance and ethical 
business practices
42
ESG: Building our footprint 
in, and relationship with, 
our community
44
ESG: Embedding ESG 
our community
45
Climate reporting/
TCFD disclosures
47
Risk management
49
 03
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Strategic
report

We are Numis
Numis is a fresh take on 
investment banking.
As a business, we’re constantly 
looking to evolve and improve. 
We have a solid track record 
of advising and raising capital 
for those who want to innovate, 
disrupt and challenge the 
status quo. 
Our bold and agile thinking has 
attracted the best talent to Numis, 
allowing us to achieve outstanding 
outcomes. We thrive on going 
the extra mile for our clients and 
have been with many of them 
since pre‑IPO and are now their 
corporate broker. We are in it 
for the long term. 
This has made us a leading 
UK‑focused investment bank. 
We have completed more UK IPOs 
than any other bank over the past 
decade, have the highest number 
of corporate broking clients and 
cover research for more than 300 
UK listed companies. We know UK 
plc well.
We project this influence 
internationally, with the largest 
global distribution platform for 
UK equities, offering our corporate 
clients access to every major 
global investor. 
Our unique ecosystem of strong 
connections and insights has 
given us the drive to diversify. 
Since 2016, Numis has diversified 
its strategy to grow its UK M&A 
franchise, expand internationally 
and develop a private markets 
business, which combined now 
account for almost half of our 
investment banking revenues.
Already a leader within the UK 
market, we aspire to be the 
investment bank of choice for the 
most innovative and inspiring 
companies, whether public or 
private and anywhere in the world.
 04
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

Partnership
Long-term relationships 
built on shared ambition 
are at the heart of 
everything we do.
Dynamism
We operate with a 
passion and intensity to 
match the aspirations 
of our clients.
Excellence
We deliver with 
distinction and pursue 
ever greater impact.
Creativity
We dare to challenge 
convention and are 
innovative in our 
origination and execution.
Conviction
It takes conviction to deliver the 
best results - conviction of ideas, 
approaches and anticipated 
outcomes. By having conviction, 
our actions have a clear impact 
for our clients.
Connectivity
Collaboration is fundamental to 
our service. We work seamlessly 
between our teams, clients and 
investors. This ecosystem creates 
tight bonds and deep insights to 
give our clients strong results.
Care
We are committed to our clients 
and make sure we have consistent 
teams with senior involvement. Our 
dynamic and driven experts take a 
client-centred approach to ensure 
the most successful outcome.
Creativity
New ideas, diversity of thought 
and lateral thinking are crucial 
for success; we approach 
challenges from different angles 
and push ourselves to find fresh 
solutions to achieve excellence.
Supported by our strengths
Our strong values 
We are Numis
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 05
Annual Report 2022

What we do
Our clients
Offering strategic advice, unique 
insights and connectivity to the 
capital markets, we are the bridge 
between ambitious companies and 
the investors who want to back 
them. Together, we create value 
to support the big ideas shaping 
the world around us.
We advise, analyse and execute
Delivering key products and services
Investment banking
•	Corporate broking
•	Equity capital markets
•	M&A
•	Debt advisory
•	IPOs
•	Growth capital solutions
Equities
•	Sales & research
•	Trading and sales 
trading (high-touch 
and low-touch 
execution)
•	Investment 
companies
For our clients
•	Investment trusts
•	Private companies
•	Private equity funds
•	Family offices
•	Sovereign wealth funds
•	Asset managers
•	Hedge funds
•	Private client 
fund managers
•	Venture 
capital funds
Through an integrated approach 
Our teams and divisions collaborate closely with 
clients and each other, offering holistic services 
and solutions.
176 diverse corporate clients
Other main market	
69
FTSE 350	
68
	 AIM	
38
	 Private	
1
Client size
(avg. market cap £m)
FTSE 350 
corporate clients
Transaction highlights
Joint financial adviser 
and joint broker.
£767m buy-out by CVC
November 2021
£767m
Sole rule 3 adviser, sole financial and corporate 
broker. Recommended c.£1bn cash and 
share offer by GXO Logistics
May 2022
£1bn
Sole rule 3 adviser, joint financial adviser and 
joint corporate broker. Recommended £2.57bn 
cash offer by Cobham Group Limited 
August 2021
£2.57bn
Sole sponsor, broker, bookrunner 
and financial adviser.
£325m fundraise
April 2022
£325m
Financial adviser, corporate 
broker and nomad. Recommended £1.3bn 
cash offer for Clinigen by Triton
April 2022
£1.3bn
Adviser
IPO on the New York 
Stock Exchange 
December 2021
Financial adviser.
Exclusive financial adviser to Flipdish 
on its $100m fundraiser 
January 2022
$100m
Adviser.
Advised Nord Security on its $100m maiden 
capital raise at a $1.6bn valuation 
April 2022
$100m
corporate clients – 
we are the corporate 
broker of choice.
relationships across 
more than 700 
institutional investors.
is the average 
market cap of our 
corporate clients.
We are corporate 
broker to one-fifth 
of the FTSE 350.
(over half) have 
stayed with us for 
more than five years.
176
2,312
£1bn
68
110
996
1,360
1,075
2022
2021
2020
68
66
62
2022
2021
2020
 06
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Group overview

Our services
Our people
Number of employees
Gender diversity
Locations (number of 
employees)
	
Investment banking	
130
	
Equities	
102
	
Support	
104
Revenue by product (£m)
Collaboration is fundamental to our service. 
We work seamlessly between our teams, which 
creates tight bonds and deep insights to give our 
clients strong results.
336
London
New York
Dublin
315
12
9
We provide a full range of services 
across multiple sectors:
Corporate broking
The largest corporate broker in 
the UK by number of listed clients.
Equity capital markets
Capital raising specialists in 
services including IPOs, equity 
issuance and block trades.
M&A
Providing M&A expertise through 
a full suite of bespoke advice 
and solutions.
Debt advisory
Expert debt advice focused 
on robust and efficient 
corporate solutions.
IPOs
Drawing from our experience to 
deliver strong outcomes at IPO.
Growth capital solutions
Enabling the world’s most ambitious 
private companies to achieve 
their ambitions.
Sales and research
We are the leading provider of 
in‑depth, high-quality research on 
UK‑listed companies.
Sales trading and trading (high-
touch & low-touch execution).
The largest, most experienced 
trading and sales trading teams 
covering UK equities.
Investment companies 
Proactive advice combining 
in‑depth research, distribution 
and execution.
Capital markets
Institutional income
Retainers
Advisory
Trading profits
42.7 
39.0
37.3 
12.8
12.4
Male
Female
71%
29%
 07
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Group overview

With our continued expansion into new 
markets and broadening of our service 
offering, the way we present ourselves is 
fundamental to the success of our strategy. 
The perceived image of Numis did not reflect 
who we are as a firm, or our future trajectory.
Already a leader in the UK 
market, we are the adviser of 
choice for listed companies, 
including one-fifth of the 
FTSE 350 index1, with an 
average market 
capitalisation of £1bn2, 
and have acted on the 
most UK IPOs over the past 
decade. This has allowed 
us to diversify our strategy, 
growing our UK M&A 
franchise, expanding 
internationally and 
developing our private 
markets business, which 
combined now account for 
almost half of investment 
banking revenues3.
We needed to close the gap 
of who we are today – an 
innovative and international 
investment bank – and 
remove any outdated 
perceptions that we are 
a small City stockbroker.
Embedded in our strategic 
direction, we went through a 
rigorous process to create a 
refreshed identity that would 
resonate with all of our 
stakeholders and align with 
who we are and where we 
are headed. 
In essence, bringing our 
brand in line with our 
approach compounds our 
focus on creative thinking 
and long-term partnerships 
with the most ambitious 
companies and the investors 
who want to back them – 
public and private markets, 
anywhere in the world.
Our refreshed brand – from 
messaging and tone of voice, 
to the look and feel – reflects 
this and should ultimately 
fuel our sales efforts and 
further growth.
1	
Corporate client base includes 68 companies out of the FTSE 350, i.e. one-fifth. – Numis data 
(30 September 2022).
2	 Average market capitalisation of corporate client base £1.0bn. – Numis data (30 September 2022)
3	 As at year end 2022. – Numis data (30 September 2022).      
“
We cover public and private markets, 
and are increasingly international. 
It was therefore clear that this was 
the time to refresh our brand.”
Ross Mitchinson & Alex Ham 
Co-Chief Executive Officers
“
As competition grows, now is the time to 
emphasise that Numis is a place where we 
can help our clients unlock their potential by 
positioning our brand to reflect what sets us 
apart with one powerful and consistent voice.” 
Noreen Biddle-Shah
Head of Communications and Marketing
Page 08
Other information
Financial statements
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 08
Annual Report 2022
Brand refresh

“
As we grow, our brand grows with us. We are a different 
Numis now and our updated look and feel will change 
any remaining perceptions of Numis as just a broker 
and clearly establish us as a global and innovative 
investment bank.”
James Taylor
Head of Investment Banking
“
Our specialist sector-focused research team continues 
to enhance our ECM offering, so it is fitting that we are 
also evolving our brand to ensure it is fully aligned with 
our innovative and impactful proposition.”
Simon Bowler
Head of Research
“
Our brand represents unity of purpose and is embedded 
into every part of Numis, from our investment in talent 
to our focus on diversity and inclusion.”
Mica Ross
Head of Human Resources
“
We partner with our businesses to serve Numis’ clients 
with excellence, dynamism and creativity. We align with 
Numis’ values in all we say and do. Our updated brand 
captures this perfectly.”
Stephanie Johnston
General Counsel
“
Our dynamic new brand sends a powerful message 
that we are passionate about finding new ways of 
doing things, because success for our clients is our 
driving force.”
Nick Stockman
Head of UK Sales
“
As we continue to expand internationally, we 
will ensure the Numis network remains strongly 
connected, delivering on client outcomes with 
conviction and creativity.”
Garret Ward and Rene Obregon – Chief Executive 
Officers, Numis Europe & US
Brand strategy
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 09
Annual Report 2022

Staying true to our strategy
From war in Ukraine to continued supply 
chain disruptions, rising inflation, soaring 
energy costs, decreasing growth 
expectations, increasing interest rates 
and heightened market volatility – it has 
certainly been a challenging environment. 
Against this backdrop, I am very pleased 
with how the firm has stayed true to our 
strategy and performed through the year, 
thanks to the strong leadership of our 
co-chief executives, Alex Ham and Ross 
Mitchinson, and the outstanding 
contribution of everyone in the firm.
Markets have been tough and we have 
not been immune. Following our record 
year in 2021, group revenues fell by 33%, 
to £144m (2021: £216m). Profit before tax 
reduced to £21m compared to £74m in 
2021. Find out more in the financial review 
on pages 26-29.
Crucially, we proved our resilience and the 
strength of our strategy. For the past few 
years, we have focused on diversifying to 
grow. In particular, we have concentrated 
on building our capabilities in M&A and 
in private markets, through our growth 
capital solutions business (GCS). In a year 
when the IPO market was weak for all 
players, we were able to offset this by 
significantly growing our M&A business 
and delivering a robust performance 
in GCS.
As this year has demonstrated, we are a 
stronger, broader, more resilient investment 
bank than ever before. A bank able to 
weather financial cycles and keep 
advancing, to make the most of new 
opportunities for, and with, our clients.
Refreshing our brand
Working closely with our clients, we offer 
new ideas and opportunities to support 
their business. We focus on creative 
thinking and long-term partnerships with 
ambitious clients who rely on our ability 
to make a real impact. These traits have 
established us as the UK’s leading 
independent investment bank, alive to new 
opportunities, whether public or private, 
around the world.
Long gone are the days when Numis was 
a small City stockbroker. We are much 
more than that now, which is why we have 
updated our brand look and feel. Our 
refreshed identity better reflects our track 
record of advising and raising capital for 
those who want to innovate, disrupt and 
challenge the status quo. 
Ensuring strong governance
Strong governance is a core characteristic 
of the firm. We have always made it a top 
priority, recognising that it is not only the 
right approach but also fundamental to 
our continued growth and success.
The Board takes the lead in ensuring strong 
governance is applied throughout the firm. 
Alan Carruthers, the previous chairman, 
did an outstanding job for the past five 
years, not least in leading a collegiate 
board where we combine our different 
skills, experiences and views and challenge 
each other to reach the right decisions.
“
In a challenging year, we 
continued to benefit from 
staying true to our strategy. 
Looking ahead, we are 
strongly positioned to go 
further as the investment 
bank of choice for ambitious 
companies and the investors 
who want to back them – so 
we can create more value for 
our stakeholders long term.”
Luke Savage
Chairman
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 10
Chairman’s statement

Through the year, we continued to add to 
the strength of the Board. We welcomed 
Richard Hennity as an independent 
non‑executive director and the new Chair 
of the Risk Committee. We also welcomed 
Kathryn Gray as an independent 
non‑executive director at the start of FY23. 
Richard and Kathryn bring complementary 
skills and experience and fresh 
perspectives, drawing on their respective 
backgrounds – Richard’s in risk and 
Kathryn’s in HR.
Our aim is to ensure good governance and 
good continuity going forward, by investing 
early, increasing the diversity of skills and 
experiences and growing the size of the 
Board in the short term. 
Find out more in our Corporate 
Governance report on pages 60-65.
Prioritising environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) issues
Strong governance is clearly critical for us, 
as it is for our clients; and so, too, are social 
issues – people, essentially. This comes 
through in the way we work closely 
together – our one-firm culture. We spend 
a great deal of time and effort to try and 
make Numis a great place to work, in order 
to attract and keep good people and 
enable them to do outstanding work.
In particular, we are focusing on increasing 
diversity and inclusion (D&I) across Numis. 
This is part of our broader ESG strategy 
and is a Board-level priority. On this front, 
I have been pleased by the success of the 
Inclusive Numis Network (INN). It has been 
set up by Numis people for Numis people, 
has strong support from management, 
and is doing a great job of helping to make 
sure Numis is a genuinely inclusive place 
for everyone.
We continue to push on with minimising our 
environmental impact as a firm, bearing in 
mind that the nature of our business means 
that our scope 1 and 2 emissions are 
relatively low. Energy efficiency is a feature 
of our new office space at 45 Gresham 
Street, for example. 
Clearly, ESG is now a part of the landscape 
for both companies and investors. 
Moreover, it is becoming ever more 
complex and important. So the other key 
angle for us is to ensure we are there for our 
clients, advising them on ESG and helping 
them to tackle the issues.
Find out more on our ESG commitment 
and approach on page 35.
Maintaining our dividend
We increased the dividend last year to 
what we believe is the right sustainable 
level. Accordingly, we are proposing a final 
dividend of 7.5p per share (2021: 8.0p per 
share), which brings the total dividend for 
the year to 13.5p per share (2021: 13.5p per 
share). In addition, we executed a share 
buyback programme, spending £12m. 
Combined with dividends paid during 
the year, we returned a total of £27m 
to shareholders. 
Retaining a strong balance sheet
We purposefully maintain a strong balance 
sheet in order to underpin our resilience 
and freedom to manoeuvre, notably 
our ability to take advantage of future 
opportunities requiring capital. As in every 
key aspect of our business, we take a 
long‑term view – our robust balance 
sheet enables us to continue investing 
for future growth.
This approach can be particularly 
advantageous at times such as these, 
when the markets as a whole are tough. 
We believe we are nimble and strong 
enough to ride out the cycle and capitalise 
on opportunities, for example to invest 
selectively in growing our talent and 
extending our offering to clients.
Looking forward
Through a challenging year, we continued 
to follow our strategic course and, looking 
forward, it remains the same. We will 
continue to focus on serving our clients, 
on selectively building our capabilities, 
on maintaining strong governance, on 
prioritising ESG, on diversifying to excel – 
so we can be the investment bank of 
choice for ambitious businesses and 
their investors around the world.
There are many new opportunities for 
Numis up ahead. One of the most exciting 
prospects flows from securing the EU 
licence to operate and opening our new 
Dublin office. This will be a springboard 
for further growth, as we actively build out 
our capabilities, contacts, client base and 
business across Europe – taking our 
distinctive Numis way of excelling for 
clients to new geographies. I look forward 
to the success we can enjoy together. 
Luke Savage
Chairman
“
We believe we are nimble 
enough to ride out the 
cycle and capitalise 
on opportunities.”
Luke Savage
Chairman
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 11
Annual Report 2022
Chairman’s statement

1	
This encompasses deals valued £250m-3bn from 1 October 2021 to 
30 September 2022.
We started working with Clipper 
in 2012 before bringing the 
business to IPO in 2014. Eight 
years on, the management had 
transformed Clipper from a 
largely UK small cap company 
into a truly international FTSE 250 
group. We’ve investigated 
multiple M&A opportunities in 
the UK and overseas, and 
handled approaches and a 
possible offer. We have advised 
the business on equity capital 
market transactions, including 
founder stake sales, and 
diversified and internationalised 
the shareholder base. A c.£100m 
business at IPO, this year’s 
takeover was at an all-time 
high share price and valued the 
business at almost £1bn. Numis is 
proud to have supported Clipper 
for over a decade and to have 
been sole financial adviser on 
its takeover by GXO Logistics. 
Expanding our M&A offering
8yrs
Broker since IPO
in June 2014
£961m
Sole financial adviser
on recommended offer
from GXO Logistics
Clipper
“
The past five years has seen 
significant growth in our M&A 
business and revenues, in part due 
to making the right investments 
and bringing in the best talent.”
Stuart Ord 
Managing Director, M&A
“
Numis has been my trusted 
adviser as I have grown Clipper 
and navigated its public markets 
journey. Our relationship started 
when I was considering an 
IPO and the team has been by 
my side ever since, providing 
invaluable broking, markets 
and M&A advice. I value 
the straightforward delivery 
of good advice, as well as 
their energy and knowledge 
of the logistics landscape.”
Steve Parkin
Executive Chairman, 
Clipper Logistics
New thinking. New opportunities.
Highlights
Our M&A advisory business 
is performing well – despite 
the challenging market 
backdrop, our record 2021 
performance continued into 
2022. Advisory revenues grew 
26.4% in 2022 compared 
with the previous year. Our 
results provide vindication 
of the diversification strategy 
we have been pursuing for 
several years.
Growth
The past five years has seen 
significant growth in the size 
of our M&A business and 
revenues, in part due to making 
the right investments and 
bringing in the best talent. For 
FY22, we were ranked as the top 
financial adviser for UK public 
sell-side M&A transactions, when 
measured by both number and 
value of deals, according to 
data from Bloomberg.
Drivers
While macroeconomic and 
financing conditions will deter 
some, overseas bidders and 
private equity recognise the 
value proposition in the UK 
market and remain active, 
particularly in the mid-market. 
The underlying drivers 
supporting deal activity, such 
as the need for increased 
digitalisation and pressure for 
consolidation in industries 
remain in focus for 
many corporates.
Looking ahead
We have long-term relationships, 
built on ongoing engagement 
and advice. Our M&A business is 
largely originated from our core 
UK broking base of clients, who 
already see us as their trusted 
adviser. We will continue to invest 
in our capability and focus on 
our core client base while 
diversifying our sources of M&A 
revenues in the longer term.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 12
Annual Report 2022

 
Diversifying into growth 
capital solutions – our 
private markets business
Highlights
In 2022, the growth capital 
solutions team helped founders 
successfully navigate more 
challenging markets and raise 
over US$1bn. Highlights 
included delivering Europe’s 
flagship PropTech fundraise 
(Casavo), Lithuania’s second 
ever unicorn (Nord Security, 
maiden fundraise) and new 
unicorns in India (CarDekho) 
and Ireland (Flipdish). 
Growth
The growth capital solutions 
team has itself expanded, 
with new capabilities in 2022, 
including an in-house data 
science and proprietary 
insights team. But our recipe for 
success is unchanged. With our 
most senior people leading 
transactions on a day-to-day 
basis, and connectivity with 
decision-makers at leading 
institutions, the intensity with 
which we work mirrors the 
founders we serve. 
Drivers
As new technologies and 
business models drive value 
creation, and companies stay 
private for longer, capital 
markets are responding. 
We deliver primary capital 
raises to power growth, 
secondary share sales to 
introduce new shareholders, 
strategic partnerships to 
unlock new opportunities 
and M&A to reshape 
growing markets.
Looking ahead
2021 was a record-setting 
year. In 2022, macroeconomic 
conditions (including rising 
interest rates), the war in 
Ukraine and weaker public 
markets served as headwinds 
to private market activity. 
Despite the impact of this on 
second half revenues, 2022 
revenue remained robust 
overall, reflecting the strength 
of Numis’ growth capital 
franchise and growth in the 
private market ecosystem in 
recent years. 
1st
External 
investment round
£1.6bn
Valuation and 
‘unicorn’ status
£100m
Fundraise
We advised Nord Security, 
Europe’s consumer security 
and privacy champion, on its 
maiden $100m fundraise that 
achieved a $1.6bn post-money 
valuation. Nord Security is 
building a radically better 
internet with its suite of modern 
internet security and privacy 
solutions. Bootstrapped prior 
to this fundraise, the Company 
achieved a leadership position in 
the market with customers in 20 
countries. The fundraise, led by 
Novator Ventures with 
participation from General 
Catalyst and Burda Principal 
Investments, marked the birth 
of Lithuania’s second ever 
‘unicorn’. The company is using 
the funds to accelerate further 
expansion of its product suite 
and geographical footprint.
Nord Security 
“
By offering trusted advice, relationships with 
leading global investors and transaction 
expertise, we enable the world’s leading 
disruptors to achieve their ambitions.”
David Kelnar
Managing Director, 
Growth Capital Solutions
New thinking. New opportunities.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 13
Annual Report 2022

“
With getting the office 
authorised and set up, it was 
very much all about team 
work, with each of us using 
and relying on our knowledge 
and experiences from previous 
roles every day.”
Geraldine Sheridan
Head of Compliance, 
Numis Europe
Further internationalisation: 
opening our Europe office
This year, Numis has 
announced the expansion of its 
international capabilities, with 
the official opening of a new 
office in Dublin, Republic of 
Ireland, following regulatory 
approval from the Central 
Bank of Ireland.
As a strategic gateway for 
public and private businesses 
to access investors based in 
the European Union (EU), the 
new office supports Numis’ 
ongoing strategic objective to 
diversify and internationalise 
its client base and revenue 
streams. It adds to its existing 
presence in London and New 
York and will allow Numis to 
provide continued access to 
European investors for its UK 
issuer clients.
The expansion also allows 
Numis to be more agile when 
servicing the growing number 
of non-UK capital markets 
clients and build on its existing 
international track record.
In 2022, 14% of Numis’ 
investment banking revenue 
came from non-UK companies, 
which included supporting 
clients in the US, Germany, 
Poland, Sweden and India.
The Dublin office, home to the 
new regulated entity, Numis 
Europe Limited, is led by Garret 
Ward, Chief Executive Officer 
and Head of EU Equities.
“
Our European office will provide greater 
flexibility and an enhanced capability to 
target opportunities across the EU. Building 
on Numis’ success to date, we look forward 
to building stronger connections with clients 
through our European office and supporting 
them on their growth ambitions.”
“
Opening the Numis Europe 
office was one of the largest 
and most complex projects 
we have undertaken in 
recent years. Preparing for 
the 1st September go-live 
required meticulous planning, 
coordination and front-to-
back testing from multiple 
departments across Numis 
over more than a year.”
Tiina Winnan
Head of Operations, 
Numis, London
Garret Ward
Chief Executive Officer, 
Numis Europe
New thinking. New opportunities.
The opening of our new entity, 
Numis Europe Limited, supports  
our ongoing strategic objective to 
diversify and internationalise. We’ll 
be able to achieve this by acting as 
a strategic gateway for public and 
private businesses to access 
investors based in the EU.
We will be offering three key 
services with the opening of our 
new office: 
1.	 Growing our leading equities 
platform to reach more European 
institutional investors looking to 
gain exposure to UK equities. 
2.	 Building on our equity capital 
markets to further grow our  
non-UK issuer clients. 
3.	 Supporting high growth private 
companies looking for 
capital solutions.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 14
Annual Report 2022

Committed to an 
inclusive workforce
To develop our business, we 
invest in talented individuals 
who are aligned with our 
culture and values. We care 
about their wellbeing and also 
see wide-ranging perspectives 
as an important aspect of our 
thinking, as we aim to increase 
the breadth of experience and 
backgrounds contributing to 
our future. 
This year saw continued 
progress of the Inclusive Numis 
Network (INN), which was 
founded in 2021. The employee-
led and Board-sponsored 
discussion and learning group, 
open to all employees, 
addresses challenges and 
opportunities around diversity 
and inclusivity to encourage 
dialogue across the firm.
INN aims to ensure Numis 
benefits from the existing 
diversity of our workforce and 
external partners, as well as 
encouraging further inclusivity. 
INN wants to achieve positive 
progress in our internal 
community, employees’ career 
development and professional 
networking by engaging 
employees and external 
partners on all issues of 
diversity, as well as 
encouraging our community 
to support, question and 
learn from fellow colleagues.
Four key INN events this 
year were:
•	Women in Finance – a panel
discussion that showcased 
some of the outstanding 
female leaders in the 
UK today.
•	Neurodiversity – an evening 
with award-winning writer 
and comedian Joe Wells, 
with an act based on his 
experiences of neurodiversity. 
•	Pride Celebration – a summer 
BBQ on our terrace raising 
money for Kaleidoscope Trust.
•	Black History Month – an 
evening with historian and 
broadcaster, David Olusoga.
Employee engagement with 
these events has been very 
strong across all departments 
and levels of seniority, and we 
are excited to continue to 
develop INN in 2023. 
Women in Finance:
“
A very interesting set of 
speakers, all different 
and all with fascinating 
insights. I’ve no doubt that 
everyone in the audience 
will have found it extremely 
interesting. Thanks for all 
your hard work in putting 
this together.”
Vicki Miller
Head of Account 
Management, UK Sales 
“
Congratulations on an 
excellent inaugural event. 
Great line up of speakers 
and the whole event 
worked very well and was 
super informative. Well 
done for all the hard work 
in making it happen.”
Ben Stoop
Managing Director,
Investment Banking
Our first INN event focused on 
gender diversity. This was a great 
opportunity to come together to 
generate discussion around key 
topics impacting workplace 
culture, highlighting the 
importance of ensuring an 
inclusive and diverse culture 
to help drive change.
“
The Inclusive Numis Network (INN) 
focuses on connectivity to harness 
inclusivity and diversity. This 
ensures that our meritocratic ethos 
is embedded within every aspect 
of our business and encourages 
employees to excel exactly as 
they are.”
Robyn Hawkins
INN Chair
Employee feedback
An evening with 
David Olusoga:
“
A superb talk that both 
educated and challenged, 
and definitely gave plenty 
of food for thought. Will be 
adding David Olusoga’s 
books to my reading list.”
James Beard
Director, Research
“
Encouraging greater gender 
diversity is vital for Numis 
and the financial services 
industry as a whole. Hosting 
events like this allows us to 
challenge existing thinking 
and create a more inclusive 
environment.”
Catherine James
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
New thinking. New opportunities.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 15
Annual Report 2022

Our resources 
and 
relationships
The strength and 
reputation of 
our brand.
A strong, well-funded 
balance sheet.
Client trust and depth 
of relationships.
Our geographic focus: 
firmly anchored in the 
financial centres of 
London, Dublin and 
New York.
The skills and expertise 
of our people and our 
shared values, which 
inform the way we work 
and how we act.
Driven by 
our aim
Offering strategic 
advice, unique 
insights and 
connectivity to the 
capital markets, 
we are the bridge 
between ambitious 
companies and the 
investors who want to 
back them. Together, 
we create value to 
support the big ideas 
shaping the world 
around us.
Already a leader 
within the UK market, 
we aspire to be the 
investment bank 
of choice for the 
most innovative and 
inspiring companies, 
whether public or 
private and anywhere 
in the world. 
Working together, we 
find new ideas, new 
opportunities and 
new doors to open.
Our distinctive strengths
Our distinctive strengths enable us 
to stand out and excel as a dynamic, 
creative investment banking partner.
Read more on page 5.
Conviction
It takes conviction of ideas, 
approaches and anticipated 
outcomes to have a clear impact 
for our clients. 
Care
We have consistent teams with senior 
involvement and a client‑centred 
approach to ensure the most 
successful outcome.
Connectivity
Our seamless collaboration between 
our teams, clients and investors 
creates tight bonds and deep 
insights to deliver strong results. 
Creativity
New ideas, diversity of thought and 
lateral thinking ensure we find fresh 
solutions to achieve excellence.
Underpinned by our values
•	Partnership
•	Creativity
•	Dynamism
•	Excellence
Delivering key products and services 
Investment banking
•	Corporate broking
•	Equity capital markets
•	M&A
•	Debt advisory
•	IPOs
•	Growth capital solutions
Equities
•	Sales and research
•	Sales trading and 
trading (high-touch and 
low-touch execution)
•	Investment companies
For our clients
•	Investment trusts
•	Private companies
•	Private equity funds
•	Family offices
•	Sovereign wealth funds
•	Asset managers
•	Hedge funds
•	Private client fund managers
•	Venture capital funds
Through an integrated approach 
Our teams and divisions collaborate closely with clients and each other, 
offering holistic services and solutions.
What we do
Our way of creating value
 16
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Business model

Our positive impact for stakeholders
Build the corporate franchise focusing on 
high-quality companies
Become the leading UK equities platform
Diversify into new products and markets
Maintain operating and capital discipline
Deliver shareholder returns
Read more on page 30
Read more on 
pages 34-35
Driven by our five strategic priorities
Supported by our ESG framework
1
5
4
3
2
Employee topics (equality, diversity and inclusion; 
employee health and wellbeing; and talent acquisition, 
development and retention).
Responsible 
governance and 
ethical business 
practices (culture, 
conduct and 
compliance; climate 
risk governance, 
including energy 
and emissions; and 
ESG governance).
Serving the community (community 
support and engagement).
Contributing to 
a sustainable 
economy (ESG 
integration 
into advisory 
services).
Provide exciting and innovative products and services to 
help our clients achieve their goals.
Clients
Create a compelling place to work where our 336 employees 
are engaged and motivated to achieve their full potential.
Employees
Deliver long-term shareholder value through strong financial 
performance, the payment of dividends and share buybacks.
Shareholders
Suppliers
Engage with clear communication and prompt payment, 
so suppliers can seamlessly deliver their expertise and 
high‑quality products and services.
Regulators
Promote a culture of compliance across the Group and have 
a positive impact on the markets in which we operate.
 17
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Business model

In markets characterised by extreme 
volatility and uncertainty, our strategic 
discipline, agile approach and unswerving 
client focus have stood us in good stead.
“
Through these exceptionally 
volatile, uncertain market 
conditions, we continued to 
focus on implementing our five 
key strategic priorities: diversify 
into new products and markets, 
build the corporate franchise 
focusing on high-quality 
companies, become the leading 
UK equities platform, maintain 
operating and capital discipline, 
and deliver shareholder returns.”
Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officers
Exceptional changes and challenges
It was another year of exceptional changes 
and challenges in our markets, following 
the post-covid resurgence in 2021, which 
in turn flowed from the turmoil of the 
pandemic in 2020.
The markets in Q1 of our financial year 
continued relatively undramatically, with a 
tapering of the post-covid relief rally that 
featured in 2021. But from the new calendar 
year onwards, not least due to the impact 
of the war in Ukraine, there was a rapid and 
marked downturn in sentiment and 
certainty. This gathered intensity through 
the year, fuelled by rising geopolitical 
tensions, continued post-covid stresses 
and strains on supply chains, stalling 
global growth, a strengthening US dollar, 
and rapidly rising inflation accompanied 
by inevitable escalations in interest rates 
and the cost of debt.
Through these exceptionally volatile, 
uncertain market conditions, we continued 
to focus on implementing our five key 
strategic priorities: diversify into new 
products and markets, build the corporate 
franchise focusing on high-quality 
companies, become the leading UK 
equities platform, maintain operating and 
capital discipline, and deliver shareholder 
returns. Above all, we concentrated on 
staying close to our clients so we can 
support them in tackling their challenges 
and in taking advantage of new 
opportunities. This helped us not only to 
weather exceptionally tough markets, 
limiting unavoidable downturns in parts of 
our business, but also to keep building for 
the future so we are ready and able to 
benefit from the future upturn in markets, 
together with our clients.
While the markets in the year were 
characterised by major upheavals and 
persistent fragility, a number of key 
underlying trends continued to play 
out as constants in an otherwise 
ever-changing environment. We highlight 
two here: the increasing complexities 
and criticality of environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) and the evolving 
impact of regulation.
The increasing complexities and 
criticality of ESG
ESG issues are becoming ever more 
complex, wide-ranging and critical for both 
corporates and investors. The parts of ESG 
that are most important will vary from 
client to client, from situation to situation. 
We continue to focus on helping clients 
understand and act on the issues and 
implications, making the most of our 
unique position as the bridge between 
ambitious companies and their backers. 
This is a prime example of where we can 
provide real added value by having closer, 
more engaged and regular dialogue with 
our clients at the senior level. We can bring 
our experience and expertise to bear from 
both the corporate and investor worlds to 
advise each client not just on what is best-
in-class but what is best for them.
ESG is a key consideration for both 
corporates and investors
How important is ESG for Corporates’ 
M&A strategy?
	 Important	
54%
	 Neutral	
4%
Very important	
43%
Do institutions consider ESG issues in 
deciding whether to support management 
on a potential M&A transaction?
Very strong	
34%
	 Strongly	
48%
	 Somewhat	
19%
Not at all	
1%
Source: An inside-out study of UK mid-market M&A 
(18 May 2022).
Chart data has been rounded up to the nearest 
whole number.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 18
Annual Report 2022
Market review

The evolving impact of regulation
Despite this year’s quieter IPO markets, 
London still retains its status as the deepest 
capital pool in Europe, and one of the 
premier listing destinations globally for 
high-quality companies. Change is 
needed, however, to maintain this status 
in the face of increasing competition from 
other global exchanges.
It continues to be an important financial 
centre for domestic and international 
investors and issuers, being home to the 
deepest capital markets outside of the US 
and providing more than £170bn in funding 
per year.
Numis’ track record in the UK and 
experience bringing companies to 
London’s public markets – having acted 
on more UK IPOs than any other bank 
over the past decade – means we are well 
positioned to understand the factors that 
influence issuers when assessing an IPO 
in London.
We welcome the government and 
regulator’s continued efforts to raise the 
competitiveness of London. Nevertheless, 
since its departure from the EU, the UK 
faces considerable challenges and greater 
competition from rival centres. Working 
with the industry, the UK government and 
regulators have an opportunity to secure 
our position as a leading destination for 
global capital markets. 
We feel that the ideal outcome of the 
ongoing regulatory change in London, 
would be a simpler and more flexible 
regulatory regime that both encourages 
existing issuers to remain listed in London, 
whilst also attracting successful domestic 
and international issuers to choose London 
over other listing venues.
Equity capital markets
There was a marked lack of equity issuance 
in the UK through the year. IPO activity 
declined 83%1 across the UK market, with 
capital raising activity declining 53%1. This 
contrasts with the previous year, which was 
characterised by an active IPO market, 
many of which we participated in, and 
strong equity capital markets volumes in 
general. So the market overall has reversed 
radically and, like all players, we have 
inevitably been impacted. 
Despite the challenges of this year, the 
cycle will turn and we are well positioned 
to benefit when it does, thanks to our 
continued strong position in the market 
and the size and quality of our corporate 
client base.
Going some way towards offsetting the 
decline in equity issuance, UK M&A activity 
through the year was strong, with a market 
size of £280bn2 consistent to the record 
prior year and considerable bid activity for 
UK companies. M&A advisory has been a 
key strategic focus area for the past few 
years, and we reaped the rewards this 
year – working on 12 bids and achieving our 
second successive year of record revenues. 
Notwithstanding rising interest rates, this 
trend looks set to continue, with private 
equity and overseas strategic buyers 
looking to acquire more UK companies 
in the medium term.
Private markets
For the past few years, we have focused 
strategically on private markets, through 
our growth capital solutions business. 
Private markets were relatively strong in 
the first half of the year, but weakened 
through the second half. This downturn was 
driven primarily by the falls in public 
markets, particularly for listed tech stocks, 
which in turn fed through to the private 
markets. This resulted in valuations of 
private companies being reviewed and 
revised, deals taking longer to execute, 
and some transactions being postponed 
or cancelled. 
The deceleration in private markets 
activity does, however, increase the 
chances of a bounceback in the future. 
A significant amount of dry powder has 
built up among venture and growth equity 
investors around the world. So it is likely 
that investment activity will resume in the 
future. Indeed, there is a case to be made 
that the mounting pressure of not investing 
combined with the attractions of 
opportunities to buy companies at 
relatively depressed levels will lead 
to a new wave of investment.
Alongside the lull in investment, we see 
underlying structural changes taking place 
in private markets. The wider private 
markets system is evolving. On the one 
hand, the private equity world continues to 
grow in size. Moreover, it is also growing in 
duration. Companies are staying private 
for longer, as opposed to entering or 
returning to the public markets every three 
or four years. These days, it is not unusual 
for a private company to have successive 
rounds of investment and changes of 
ownership over a relatively longer period 
– a decade or more. 
We are actively evolving our capabilities 
and network building on the strength and 
success of our growth capital solutions 
business and other complementary 
services such as debt advisory.
1	
Source: Dealogic
2 	 Source: Bloomberg for dates 1 October 2021 – 
30 September 2022. UK M&A market size refers 
to public markets only. 
 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 19
Annual Report 2022
Market review

Equities markets
Equities markets remained challenging 
through the year, with notable 
downturns in growth stocks, 
particularly high‑tech companies.
While the FTSE 100 fared better, it was a 
turbulent 12 months for UK mid-cap and 
small companies, who form a large part of 
our corporate client base. Over the course 
of the financial year, the FTSE 250 was 
down 25% and the NSCI was down 20%.
UK focused fund managers also had a 
challenging year, with many experiencing 
outflows driven by the negative sentiment 
towards the UK.
Over 70% of institutions are positive on 
the outlook for M&A
Very strong	
31%
	 Strong	
42%
	 Neutral	
18%
	 Negative	
9%
Very negative	
1%
Find out more in our study of UK  
mid-market M&A. (18 May 2022)
Source: An inside-out study of UK mid-market M&A 
(18 May 2022)
Chart data has been rounded up to the nearest 
whole number.
An unprecedented level of dry powder remains
Growth investors maintain unprecedented dry power
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Dry powder ($bn)
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2009
2005
2010
2008
2006
2007
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
May-22
Growth            Other VC
 Source: Preqin Ltd
9 in 10
investors believe private, high growth 
technology companies remain a source 
of attractive returns.1
71%
of institutional investors expect 
to increase their allocation to private 
markets in the next five years.2
Find out more in our Growth Capital Investor Survey.
 1	 Source: Preqin: Global Venture and Growth.
 2	 Source: Numis proprietary research.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 20
Annual Report 2022
Market review

Looking ahead
Looking ahead, market volatility and 
uncertainty are set to continue, with 
numerous headwinds impacting 
our markets. 
In the short term, we don’t see a significant 
change in equity issuance across public 
markets. There is no immediate catalyst to 
increase the level of confidence required to 
drive a recovery in IPO activity. However, 
these markets are inherently cyclical so the 
question is not so much whether but when 
there will be another upward turn in the 
cycle. One thing is certain – when it 
happens, we will be there with our clients 
helping them making the most of the 
opportunities. Moreover, we will be there 
not just in the UK but also across Europe, 
through our new Dublin office.
While equity issuance remains 
predominantly on hold for the time being, 
in contrast we see continued M&A activity, 
from both overseas strategic buyers and 
financial sponsors. The market is generally 
more receptive to bids. Sterling dollar 
weakness persists and therefore this is an 
attractive time to be buying high-quality 
UK companies at relatively low prices. 
In addition, the structural growth and 
evolution of private markets looks set to 
continue, and we will enhance and adapt 
our capabilities accordingly.
Our client-focused way of working is even 
more valuable in tumultuous, inherently 
uncertain times such as these. Clients are 
having to rethink and reset strategies, 
adapt and pivot. Our breadth of 
capabilities, our agile approach and our 
collaborative spirit ensure we are well 
positioned to support our clients through 
the near-term challenges that they 
may face.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 21
Annual Report 2022
Market review

Our Co-Chief 
Executives share 
their review of the 
business through 
the year and their 
ambitions for 
the future.
Ross Mitchinson
Alex Ham
 22
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Message from the Co-CEOs

Diversifying to grow stronger
Through difficult market conditions, we 
demonstrated our resilience, due in great 
measure to our longstanding strategic 
focus on diversification. For the past few 
years, we have prioritised investing in new 
products and markets. This focus has 
enabled us to navigate the challenges of 
the year, support our clients and ensure 
we are well positioned to emerge stronger 
and capitalise on new opportunities in 
the future.
Offering broader investment 
banking capability
Diversifying into M&A advisory and private 
markets, through our growth capital 
solutions (GCS) business, means that we 
are less reliant on the UK capital raising 
cycle. This proved critical in a year when 
the IPO market was largely closed. Our 
M&A and GCS businesses together 
accounted for approximately half of our 
total investment banking revenues for 
the year.
In a much tougher environment for equity 
capital markets (ECM), with heightened 
volatility and reduced institutional 
demand, deal volumes were materially 
down on the prior year across the industry. 
We were involved in a small number of IPOs 
in Q1 but capital raising activity amongst 
the corporate client base was subdued 
throughout the year. 
This downturn in ECM activity was partially 
offset by the increase in our M&A advisory 
business. Our investment in this area over 
many years enabled the team to secure 
a significant number of financial adviser 
mandates as M&A activity accelerated 
through the year. We were particularly 
active in M&A defence, acting on 12 bid 
situations for corporate broking clients, 
which compares favourably to many of our 
larger investment banking competitors. 
As a result, we achieved record advisory 
revenue, with a 26% increase on the prior 
year. Revenues overall for our investment 
banking division were £94.2m, 39% down 
on the record year in 2021.
Our success in winning more advisory 
mandates reflects how we are increasingly 
recognised for our capabilities across a 
broader range of products.
Navigating a challenging year for equities
Given that UK small and mid-cap indices 
have been very weak, it has been a 
challenging year for the equities business. 
Over the course of the financial year, the 
FTSE 250 was down 25% and the NSCI 
was down 20%. Against that backdrop, 
equities revenues of £50.1m, an 18% decline 
on the record revenues of the previous 
year, reflects a resilient performance. 
In particular, trading gains of £12.8m 
compared to £19.7m the previous year, 
represents a creditable performance in 
very difficult market conditions.
Institutional income declined 9%, again 
reflecting the challenging environment for 
clients. While income from clients reduced, 
interactions with clients increased. We 
have been very proactive, spending more 
time with clients to help them navigate the 
many investment challenges they have 
faced this year. As a result, we continue 
to build trust and deepen relationships. 
This is reinforced by client reviews, which 
underline how we have increased our 
standing with our institutional clients 
through the year. The number of clients 
who rank us as their preferred broker in 
UK equities continues to increase.
Enhancing our client relationships
Throughout the year, we continued to 
focus on developing our relationships with 
existing clients and winning new clients. 
Overall, our total number of corporate 
clients reduced slightly during the year 
to 176. This was due primarily to the high 
number being acquired during the year. 
Offsetting this unavoidable reduction, we 
have won 18 new clients and, despite the 
overall decline, we have increased our 
FTSE 350 client base for the fifth 
consecutive year. 
We will continue to focus on working with 
high-quality companies and we are proud 
of our strong track record of retaining 
clients and developing ever stronger 
relationships with them through the years. 
The average tenure of our corporate 
broking client base is now seven years 
and we believe our credentials in assisting 
companies over the long term will be 
valuable in securing new clients during 
this period of market uncertainty.
“
Over the past few years, we have 
successfully diversified into new products, 
geographies and markets as part of 
our long-term strategic vision. This has 
included building out an M&A franchise 
and setting up an international private 
markets business. This year we went further 
with the opening of our Dublin office to 
support non-UK issuers and expand our 
European investor coverage. Staying 
focused on our longstanding strategic 
priorities has enabled us to navigate the 
significant challenges of the year and 
demonstrate the growing resilience of 
our business and its ability to continue to 
deliver value for our shareholders through 
dividends and buy-backs.”
Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 23
Annual Report 2022
Message from the Co-CEOs

Doing more for our clients
Thinking laterally and broadening the 
engagement with our clients lies at the 
heart of our diversification strategy. Our 
clients tend to be ambitious and active, as 
a result they can benefit from a range of 
products and services, therefore it is a 
natural evolution for us to expand our 
capabilities to support their ambition. 
Alongside our strategic focus on M&A 
advisory, which came to the fore this year, 
we have also prioritised growth in private 
markets, through GCS. We acted on a 
number of exciting transactions during the 
year, raising nearly $1.1bn for some of the 
world’s most ambitious private companies. 
However, it was a year of two halves for 
GCS. In the first six months, deal volumes 
and revenues were consistent with the 
active prior year. However, the downturn 
in public markets, notably the de-rating in 
listed growth stocks, had a corresponding 
impact on private markets in the second 
half of the year. This resulted in deals 
taking longer to execute and some 
transactions being postponed or aborted 
which impacted second half revenues. 
Given the scale of capital still to be 
deployed, we believe that private markets 
activity will pick up once volatility declines, 
and valuations stabilise. In the meantime, 
we continue to invest in the team, to build 
our capability, to broaden our network 
globally in terms of both companies and 
institutional investors.
Adding to our diversification in the 
investment banking business, we 
established our debt advisory team three 
years ago to service client needs in this 
area. As a result, we not only have an 
additional revenue stream but importantly, 
greater, more in-depth dialogue with our 
clients, which helps to strengthen our 
relationships. This is proving to be 
particularly valuable to our corporate 
clients, given current volatility in the 
debt markets. 
Diversifying across equities
In equities, we have diversified our 
products and services in several ways over 
recent years, broadening our capabilities 
for clients and adding complementary 
revenue streams. 
Our electronic trading product has made 
further progress and delivered growth on 
the prior year despite the decline in 
markets. The product now accounts for 
14% of our institutional commission, and 
we see further growth to come as we target 
European and US clients. This is another 
example of how we focus on increasing our 
breadth of engagement with clients, driven 
by their requirements.
Our event driven team, which we 
established three years ago, continued 
to grow their client base and presence in 
the market through the year. At a time of 
heightened bid activity for UK small and 
mid-cap companies, our team performed 
well in capturing the event driven and 
arbitrage trading surrounding these 
bid situations.
Focusing beyond the UK 
International expansion, notably across 
Europe, is another key aspect of our 
diversification strategy. We took a major 
step forward by gaining regulatory 
approval in June 2022 for our new 
European entity in Ireland, Numis Europe 
Limited. We have hired a strong team and 
our Dublin office opened for clients on 
1 September 2022. 
With a European hub, we aim to grow our 
European institutional client base. We have 
an excellent range of high-quality products 
to offer, including top-rated equity 
research, leading distribution, electronic 
trading, substantial market share, and 
access to our capital markets deal flow. 
This, combined with our existing presence 
in London and New York, makes us one of 
the strongest distribution platforms for 
UK equities. 
Our European office will also further 
strengthen our capabilities to serve 
international corporate clients. We believe 
there is an opportunity to apply our 
distinctively agile investment banking 
approach in new territories. We are now 
beginning to focus our marketing efforts 
across Europe, selectively building our 
network of both issuers, sponsors and 
other advisers.
“
Investment banking activity continues 
to be focused around M&A transactions. 
The outlook for capital markets remains 
challenging with few indications that 
volumes will improve in the near term 
whilst the market digests the impact of 
higher interests. Despite the ongoing 
weakness in capital markets activity 
and UK investor sentiment, the near-term 
M&A pipeline within the UK mid-market 
remains strong and we are well positioned 
with excellent credentials to benefit from 
this trend”
Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 24
Annual Report 2022
Message from the Co-CEOs

Continuing to prioritise ESG
As a firm, we continue to prioritise the 
most relevant environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) issues. Last year, we 
undertook a materiality assessment to 
identify the most important ESG matters 
for internal and external stakeholders 
and established our ESG framework and 
priorities. Our four key focus areas are: 
empowering employees, responsible 
governance, serving our community and 
embedding ESG into advisory. This year, 
we have been concentrating on delivering 
against these priorities.
From corporates to institutions, ESG 
issues are clearly critical for our clients. 
We make sure we understand the individual 
situations and challenges of each of 
our clients, from ESG-focused funds to 
companies looking to navigate the 
particular issues of their sector.
ESG adds layers of complexity for boards 
who face mounting pressures and 
challenges from all corners, whether that 
is supply chain disruption, wage inflation 
or new ways of working. We advise each 
of our clients on their specific situation, 
from what their shareholders are generally 
concerned about to how to respond to 
specific issues.
Delivering consistent returns
We have a long track record of delivering 
a resilient dividend to shareholders across 
multiple market cycles. The dividend has 
grown 170% over the past 15 years and has 
not been reduced during that period. This 
year, the dividend has been maintained 
in line with the upward re-based dividend 
of last year. In addition, we have 
consistently repurchased shares this 
year, spending a total of £12m, reflecting 
a commitment to shareholder returns 
and demonstrating the strength of our 
balance sheet. 
Looking ahead
The unfavourable market backdrop that 
impacted much of FY22 has persisted 
through the early months of FY23. Capital 
markets activity has remained subdued 
and UK investor sentiment remains weak. 
However, the M&A pipeline remains strong, 
with bid activity for UK-listed mid-market 
corporates continuing to generate 
fee opportunities. 
These challenging market conditions have 
enabled us to demonstrate our resilience, 
reinforced by the diversification strategy 
we have been implementing for the past 
few years. When markets eventually 
recover, we will be better placed than ever 
to capitalise on this with our clients. We 
have a broader set of capabilities and 
products, a large high-quality client base, 
considerable financial strength, a growing 
reputation in the world of investment 
banking and, above all, our great people. 
In the meantime, we remain on the front 
foot. We will continue to selectively invest 
in talent to support our clients and deliver 
on our strategy. 
Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer
Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer
Investing in talent
Our strong client relationships are 
reinforced by our highly collaborative 
one‑firm culture, where everyone works 
together to excel. We aim to attract and 
retain the best talent, people who will 
thrive and contribute to our culture. 
Throughout a tough year in terms of 
the markets, we continued to invest in 
developing and broadening the 
capabilities of our people, who, as 
always, are at the heart of our success.
Just as we have been focusing on 
diversifying our products and services 
and our geographies, we are keen to 
diversify our talent base.
We aim to hire the best people from 
a diverse range of backgrounds and 
experiences, in order to provide a wider 
range of perspectives and insights, both 
internally and to clients. From our graduate 
intake to senior hires, we continue to make 
progress in terms of broadening the 
demographic of talent within the 
organisation. This is critical for the strength 
and vibrancy of our organisation, for the 
breadth and creativity of our perspectives 
and thinking, and ultimately for the quality 
of advice we offer our clients.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 25
Annual Report 2022
Message from the Co-CEOs

Revenue performance
Macroeconomic headwinds strengthened 
during the year, leading to a far more 
challenging market backdrop for the 
investment banking industry. However, the 
consistent investment in the business over 
the past five years has delivered greater 
revenue diversification and a more robust 
financial performance. The markets in 
which we operate are clearly subject 
to cycles and periods of uncertainty. 
However, our strategy to maintain a strong 
balance sheet whilst continuing to invest in 
the business has enabled the firm to deliver 
consistent shareholder returns over the 
long term.
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Investment banking
94.2
154.9
(39.2%)
Equities 
50.1
60.7
(17.5%)
Revenue
144.2
215.6
(33.1%)
Investment income 
(1.4)
8.7
n.m.
Total income 
142.8 
224.3
(36.3%)
Revenue for the year was £144.2m (2021: 
£215.6m), representing a decline of 33%. 
Whilst M&A activity increased compared 
to the prior year, capital markets volumes 
and IPOs in particular declined 
significantly. Revenue per head declined 
by 40% to £445k, reflecting both the 
reduced revenue and our continued 
investment in headcount. The 
strengthening of the US dollar generated 
foreign exchange gains in the year, which 
were offset by the loss on revaluation of the 
investment portfolio, resulting in investment 
income materially lower than FY21.
Investment banking
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Capital markets
42.7
111.5
(61.7%)
Advisory 
39.0
30.9
26.4%
Corporate retainers
12.4
12.5
(0.6%)
Investment 
banking revenue 
94.2
154.9
(39.2%)
The investment banking division delivered 
revenue of £94.2m (2021: £154.9m), 
representing a decrease of 39% on the 
prior year, which was a record 
performance. Deal volumes declined 
across the industry due to geopolitical and 
inflation concerns. In addition, our average 
deal fee also declined, primarily due to the 
absence of large capital markets 
transactions this year. 
The challenging market conditions had the 
greatest impact on our capital markets 
business, which delivered revenues of 
£42.7m, down 62% on the record prior year 
performance. The IPO market effectively 
closed after the first quarter and equity 
issuance by clients declined significantly 
as market turbulence impeded corporate 
growth strategies. Overall, this was one of 
the weakest years in recent times for deal 
volumes across the UK market. 
“
“Our strategy to maintain a 
strong balance sheet whilst 
continuing to invest in the 
business has enabled the 
firm to deliver consistent 
shareholder returns over 
the long term.”
Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 26
Annual Report 2022
Financial review

Whilst GCS, our private markets business, 
delivered a robust performance in the first 
half, deal volumes reduced in the second 
half as listed company valuations declined 
significantly. Looking through the near-
term market turbulence, growing our 
private markets presence remains a 
strategic focus for the business and an 
important contributor to our geographic 
diversification. GCS offers a global 
product; all the transactions completed 
during the year involved raising capital for 
companies based outside of the UK for the 
second successive year.
The opening of our European office at 
the end of the financial year will facilitate 
origination of European ECM transactions 
and enable the distribution of UK ECM 
deals to a broader European client base. 
International ECM revenues were lower this 
year; however, we did complete our first 
US IPO, demonstrating the relevance of our 
distribution network and track record to 
issuers based outside the UK. In the near 
term, international ECM revenues will likely 
be correlated to IPO market activity; 
when these markets recover, we will be 
well positioned to leverage our 
European platform.
A second successive record advisory 
revenue performance partially offset the 
significant slowdown in capital markets 
activity. Advisory revenues were up 26% 
on the prior year to £39.0m. In a year when 
UK public M&A activity has increased, our 
strategic focus on being mandated as 
financial adviser by our corporate broking 
clients on bid defence situations has 
resulted in growth in both deal volumes 
and average deal fees. Average M&A fees 
were 6% higher than the prior year and 
62% higher than three years ago, 
demonstrating the success of our strategy. 
We now have strong credentials and 
markets in public M&A, which we believe 
we can leverage across a wider range of 
M&A fee opportunities.
The slight decline in corporate clients to 
176 was attributable to the rise in successful 
takeovers across the UK market. During the 
year, 15 clients were lost due to 
transactions, which more than offset the 
wins in the period. Retainer fee income 
declined 1% to £12.4m (2021: £12.5m), 
reflecting the small decline in our 
corporate client list. We will continue to 
selectively grow the client list, focused on 
high-quality opportunities where we can 
leverage the combined strength of our 
investment banking and equities platforms.
Equities 
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Institutional income 
37.3
41.0
(8.9%)
Trading 
12.8
19.7
(35.4%)
Equities revenue 
50.1
60.7
(17.5%)
Against a market backdrop of falling 
equity markets and persistent outflows 
from UK funds, the equities business 
delivered a resilient performance. 
Revenues were down 18% relative to the 
record revenue performance of FY21. 
Institutional income was down 9%, 
reflecting a decline in the aggregate 
value of commission payments across UK 
equities during the second half of this year. 
Despite the decline in market volumes, 
electronic trading delivered another year 
of growth. We continue to build the client 
base for this product, which is aligned with 
our geographic diversification strategy. 
Payments for research were flat on the 
prior year, reflecting the consistent 
strength of our research product and 
analysts. Whilst not a significant revenue 
generator for the firm, the strategic value 
of a strong research offering remains 
central to both our core UK business 
and our European growth plans. 
Trading delivered gains of £12.8m, down 
35% on the prior year. This reflects a 
robust performance given the steep market 
declines suffered by the equity markets 
for sustained periods during the year. 
The investment trusts team delivered 
a particularly strong performance, 
benefiting from the increase in volatility.
During the year, we invested in technology 
to facilitate more efficient access to retail 
trading liquidity, which we believe will 
be complementary to our institutional 
business where we typically have strong 
market share. 
Administrative expenses 
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Staff costs
74.9
99.0
(24.3%)
Share-based 
payment 
6.3
9.6
(34.2%)
Non-staff costs 
42.4
39.3
8.1%
Total administrative 
costs
123.7
147.9
(16.3%)
Year-end headcount
336
319
5.3%
Average headcount
324
292
11.0%
Compensation ratio
56.4%
50.4%
(6.0 ppts)
Total costs decreased to £123.7m (2021: 
£147.9m), primarily due to a reduction in 
variable compensation. Average 
headcount increased by 11%, which was 
attributable to the build out of our new 
office in Dublin and the continued focus 
on recruitment of junior and mid-level 
investment banking staff to support our 
growth strategy. Over the past three years, 
we have focused on increasing the 
capacity of the business by adding 
talented junior resource. Given the current 
market environment, further hiring activity 
will be targeted on strategic growth areas. 
Historically, market downturns have 
presented opportunities to recruit 
high‑quality people to enhance our 
platform. We believe similar opportunities 
may arise over the next year.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 27
Annual Report 2022
Financial review

The lower revenue performance resulted 
in materially lower variable compensation, 
which resulted in a 24% decline in our 
overall staff costs. Our share-based 
payment charge, which relates to equity 
awarded to staff as part of their annual 
compensation, was lower than the prior 
year at £6.3m (2021: £9.6m) due to the 
vesting of several long-term awards last 
year. The Investment Firm Prudential 
Regime (IFPR) will impact Numis in FY23 
and, over time, lead to a gradual increase 
in our share scheme charges as certain 
senior roles are required to have a greater 
proportion of their total compensation 
deferred and delivered in equity. 
Compensation costs as a percentage of 
revenue increased to 56.4% (2021: 50.4%) 
as a result of the weaker revenue 
performance and operational gearing. 
This ratio remains comfortably within our 
target range of 50% to 60% and reflects 
our consistent approach to compensation 
across market cycles. 
Non-staff costs increased 8% compared 
to the prior year. We incurred an additional 
£1.5m in relation to our new Dublin office 
and we continued to invest in technology 
across the business. In addition, travel 
and entertainment spend recovered to 
pre‑pandemic levels. Costs are being 
reviewed as we aim to mitigate the impact 
of higher inflation and the strong dollar. 
Profit
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Statutory profit 
before tax
20.9
74.2
(71.9%)
Adjustments: 
Investment losses/
(gains)
1.4
(8.7)
n.m.
Relocation expenses 
–
0.4
n.m.
Net finance 
(income)/expense
(1.8)
2.3
n.m.
Underlying 
operating profit
20.5
68.1
(69.9%)
Underlying 
operating margin
14.2%
31.6%
(17.4ppts)
The decline in revenue, combined with 
the operational gearing in our business, 
resulted in profits being materially lower 
than the prior year. The weaker revenue 
performance was partially offset by a 
decrease in variable compensation; 
however, the majority of the cost base is 
fixed. Underlying operating profit, which 
excludes investment income and finance 
costs, was materially lower at £20.5m (2021: 
£68.1m) and underlying operating margin 
decreased to 14.2% (2021: 31.6%). 
Profit before tax for the year was £20.9m, 
representing a decrease of 72% compared 
to the record profit achieved in the prior 
year. Investment portfolio losses of £1.4m 
were offset by foreign exchange gains on 
US dollar exposures; this includes holdings 
within the portfolio, the majority of which 
are US dollar investments. We expect to 
generate higher returns on our significant 
cash positions next year as we benefit from 
higher interest rates. 
Our tax charge benefited from a one-off 
adjustment in respect of the prior vesting of 
share awards. However, this was more than 
offset by an increase in our effective tax 
this year attributable to the share price 
decline, which impacts the tax exposure 
on our share schemes, and a tax charge 
attributable to investment portfolio 
disposals during the year. Looking ahead, 
we expect to benefit from the increase in 
the bank surcharge profit threshold; 
however, this will be mostly offset by the 
reinstated increase in the UK corporation 
tax rate. 
Diluted EPS decreased by 76% to 11.9p per 
share (2021: 49.1p). Following the one-off 
increase in share count last year, we 
returned to delivering a gradual decline in 
the share count this year.
2022
£m
2021
£m
%
change
Statutory profit 
before tax
20.9 
74.2
(71.9%)
Tax 
7.2
16.3
(56.1%)
Profit after tax 
13.7
57.8
(76.3%)
Weighted average 
issued share count 
110.7
106.7
3.8%
Year end 
share count
109.1
111.0
(1.7%)
Diluted EPS
11.9p
49.1p
(75.8%)
Basic EPS
12.4p
54.2p
(77.1%)
Investment portfolio
On 30 September 2022, our investment 
portfolio was valued at £18.4m (2021: 
£21.8m). The global de-rating of the listed 
technology sector and growth stocks in 
general resulted in negative fair value 
adjustments to several of our holdings. 
We completed two disposals during the 
year, realising total proceeds of £8.0m. 
This included the disposal of our holding in 
Oxford Nanopore Technologies plc, which 
was completed at the start of the financial 
year following their IPO. The proceeds 
were partially reinvested across three 
new investments aligned with our private 
markets activities. We continue to seek 
liquidity events for our legacy holdings 
whilst maximising the strategic value and 
network benefits of more recent portfolio 
investments. We do not anticipate adding 
to the number of holdings in our portfolio 
in the short term. 
Capital and liquidity
During periods of market uncertainty, the 
strength of our balance sheet supports 
shareholder returns and provides the agility 
to pursue our strategy through the cycle. 
During the year, we capitalised our 
European subsidiary and re-initiated the 
share buyback programme, despite the 
deterioration in market conditions and 
decline in profit. The Group’s net asset 
position was broadly flat at £185.2m (2021: 
£186.7m), as returns to shareholders offset 
profit and increases in equity over the year. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 28
Annual Report 2022
Financial review

The business now operates under a new 
regulatory capital regime, with IFPR having 
taken effect on 1 January 2022. Our Pillar 1 
capital requirement is lower under the new 
regulation; however, we remain in a 
transition period, whereby our overall 
capital requirement will remain unchanged 
until the FCA completes its review of our 
internal assessment.
As of 30 September 2022, our cash position 
was £105.7m (2021: £134.1m), down 21% 
relative to the prior year. The decline was 
attributable to variable compensation 
payments related to the prior year, and the 
short-term cash movements associated 
with trading and settlement activities. The 
average daily cash position over the year 
was £110m (2021: £115m) and the variance 
between our daily high and low cash 
positions over the financial year was £106m 
(2021: £77m).
We have recently completed the 
refinancing of our committed revolving 
credit facility, securing an increase in 
facility size to £50m whilst lowering the 
margin, and obtaining greater financial 
flexibility. We expect the facility to remain 
undrawn for much of the year; however, it 
will provide short-term liquidity to support 
our core business activities. 
Dividends and shareholder returns 
The Board has proposed a final dividend 
of 7.5p per share, giving a total dividend 
in relation to FY22 of 13.5p per share. 
The dividend, subject to approval at the 
AGM, will be paid on 10 February 2023 
to shareholders on the register on 
16 December 2022.
The FY22 dividend is in line with the prior 
year dividend that was increased by 12.5% 
following the strong performance of FY21. 
We believe this re-based distribution is 
sustainable across market cycles, yet also 
provides sufficient flexibility to continue 
investing consistently in our strategic 
growth opportunities. 
In December 2021, the Board reinstated 
the on-market share buyback programme, 
spending £8.2m over the course of the year, 
resulting in a reduction to the issued share 
count. The buyback programme has 
continued into FY23, with a further £1m 
spent to date as we aim to offset the 
dilutive impact of employee equity awards. 
Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer
Total income (£m)
£142.8m
Revenue (£m)
£144.2m
Underlying operating profit (£m)
£20.5m
Spend on share repurchases (£m)1
£11.6m
Key statistics
142.8
155.2
224.3
137.8
109.4
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
144.2
154.9
215.6
136.0
111.6
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
11.6
9.8
24.2
16.3
12.0
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
20.5
37.8
68.1
29.7
14.1
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
1	
Includes off-market share purchases by the EBT.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 29
Annual Report 2022
Financial review

We continue to focus on our five strategic priorities 
and measure our performance using a range of 
financial and non-financial indicators.
Build the corporate 
franchise focusing on 
high-quality companies
We have a strong and growing 
corporate client base 
characterised by ambitious 
high-quality companies of all 
sizes whether public or private. 
We want to keep on helping our 
existing clients to succeed as well 
as welcoming new clients with 
exciting futures.
Related KPIs: Revenue per head/
Corporate client base/UK ECM 
market share/Advisory revenue
Related risks: Strategic risk/
People risk/Conduct, regulatory 
and legal risk/Reputational risk
Become the 
leading UK 
equities platform
We are proud of our market-
leading position in UK small and 
mid-cap equities. Our success is 
based on having the very best 
equity research, the largest and 
best distribution team and a 
very good execution function. 
Our ambition is to be No.1 
across the UK irrespective of 
market cap.
Related KPIs: Equities revenue/
UK ECM market share, 
client numbers
Related risks: Strategic risk/
People risk/Conduct, regulatory 
and legal risk/Reputational risk
Diversify into new 
products and 
markets
As our coverage extends 
across the UK and the needs 
and opportunities of our UK 
clients change we want to 
ensure that we can help them 
as much as they would like. 
To this end, we are developing 
our global capabilities and 
focusing on providing 
complementary products 
for our clients.
Related KPIs: Advisory 
revenue, International ECM 
and GCS revenues
Related risks: Strategic risk/
People risk/Conduct, 
regulatory and legal risk/
Operational risk
Maintain 
operating and 
capital discipline
We maintain operating and 
capital discipline not only to 
meet our obligations as a 
regulated business but also 
to ensure we have the flexibility 
to respond to changing client 
needs and build the firm in 
line with our ambitions 
across a variety of 
market environments.
Related KPIs: Revenue per 
head/Underlying operating 
margin/Liquid resources/
Share count
Related risks: Strategic risk/
Financial risk Technology risk/
Conduct, regulatory and legal 
risk/Reputational risk/
Operational risk/Governance 
risk/Macroeconomic risk
Deliver 
shareholder 
returns
We are committed to 
rewarding shareholders 
for their backing and the 
confidence they place in 
us. We want to ensure they 
share in the growth and 
success of Numis.
Related KPIs: Diluted 
Earnings per share
Related risks: Strategic 
risk/Financial risk/
Conduct, regulatory and 
legal risk/Macroeconomic 
risk/Reputational risk
1
2
3
4
5
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 30
Annual Report 2022
Strategic priorities 

Financial
Revenue per head (£k)
Why it’s important
Our aim is to ensure that sufficient productivity levels are achieved whilst acknowledging the 
impact that the economic cycle and weaker external market conditions can have on 
revenue generation opportunities.
2022 performance
Revenue per head declined by 40%, reflecting both reduced revenue and our continued 
investment in headcount, including the opening of our new Dublin office this year.
Outlook
In this period of market uncertainty, many challenges for the UK economy lie ahead. 
Sustained investment in our people over many years positions the Group well for 
future growth.
Diluted Earnings per share (p)
Why it’s important
Our aim is to grow earnings per share as this reflects value creation for our shareholders.
2022 performance
Diluted EPS decreased, reflecting reduced revenues in very challenging markets, combined 
with an increase in our effective tax rate attributable to the tax exposure on our share 
schemes and investment portfolio disposals during the year.
Outlook
Diluted EPS growth is a key output of our long-term strategic ambitions for the Group but 
given the nature of our business this metric will remain volatile.
Why it’s important
Our aim is to leverage our equities platform, capture greater market share and fulfil our 
strategic ambition to become the leading UK equities business.
2022 performance
Revenue decreased 18% relative to the record revenue performance of FY21, against a 
market backdrop of falling equity markets and persistent outflows from UK funds.
Outlook
Whilst equity market conditions will influence performance over the short term, we 
believe our equities platform is well invested and positioned to continue achieving 
market share gains.
Equities revenue (£m)
Why it’s important
Advisory revenues primarily represent M&A fees. Growing our share of the fees available 
from our client base is a core element of our strategy as we aim to deliver greater 
diversification of revenues.
2022 performance
Record advisory revenues for the second successive year, reflecting further progress against 
our long-term objective to diversify our investment banking business.
Outlook
The near-term outlook for mid-market UK M&A continues to be positive, however, the rise in 
interest rates may restrict the volume of larger transactions in the near term.
Advisory revenue (£m)
445
549
738
538
404
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
50.1
53.2
60.7
47.5
37.3
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
39.0 
11.1 
30.9 
17.3 
12.6 
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
5
4
1
2
11.9
26.7
49.1
23.0
8.1
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
	 Link to remuneration
1
3
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 31
Annual Report 2022
Key performance indicators

Financial continued
Non-financial
Underlying operating margin (%)
Why it’s important
Our underlying operating margin is a reflection of revenue performance relative to cost base. 
We aim to ensure the overall cost base is managed effectively and that the interests of 
shareholders and employees are aligned over the longer-term business cycle.
2022 performance
Underlying operating margin decreased to 14%, reflecting reduced revenues combined with 
operational gearing across the business.
Outlook
Revenue performance will be subject to market conditions from year to year, but we will 
maintain a disciplined approach to costs and compensation.
Corporate client base
Why it’s important
Our aim is to win corporate clients across a broad range of sectors, ensuring that both the 
number and quality of our corporate client base continues to grow. Our corporate client 
base provides long-term captive revenue opportunities.
2022 performance
Our corporate client base reduced slightly, reflecting an increase in successful bids for listed 
clients. Offsetting this unavoidable reduction, we have won 18 new clients.
Outlook
In the absence of IPOs, we will continue to focus on winning high-quality corporate 
brokerships, among both FTSE 350 and small-cap companies.
Why it’s important
Our cash balance supports our trading activities and ECM capability, as well as providing a 
strong financial foundation to pursue our strategic initiatives across the cycle.
2022 performance
Our cash position decreased 21% relative to the prior year, attributable to variable 
compensation payments related to the prior year, and the short-term cash movements 
associated with trading and settlement activities.
Outlook
Our cash position is subject to material short-term movements associated with our trading 
activities, although we will continue to ensure we maintain a conservative level of liquidity 
headroom above our regulatory and operational requirements.
Liquid resources (£m)
Why it’s important
Our aim is to mitigate the dilutive impact of share awards to staff through share repurchases. 
Share count excludes Treasury and EBT balances.
2022 performance
Following the one-off increase in share count last year, the Board reinstated the on-market 
share buyback programme, resulting in a reduction to the issued share count.
Outlook
We expect the downward trend to continue in the near term.
Share count (m)
14
24
32
22
13
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
105.7
125.2
134.1
111.7
84.2
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
176
188
182
210
217
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
109.1
105.1
114.4
106.0
105.0
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
	 Link to remuneration
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 32
Annual Report 2022
Key performance indicators
1 
4
4
4

Non-financial continued
UK ECM market share (%)1
Institutional client number2
Why it’s important
Our aim is to leverage our equities platform, capture greater market share and fulfil our 
strategic ambition to become the leading UK equities business.
2022 performance
UK ECM market share reduced in a year that featured materially fewer large transactions. 
Numis did not participate in the largest transactions of the year in a concentrated market, 
therefore market share declined.
Outlook
ECM volumes are likely to remain low in the near term; however, we believe there is potential 
to achieve further gains in the UK supported by our strengthened track record and well- 
invested equities platform.
Why it’s important
Growing our institutional client coverage is important in both maximising the value of our 
equities platform and ensuring the best possible ECM distribution capability. 
2022 performance
Our institutional client number reduced slightly during the year due to the challenging 
market conditions for UK institutional investors.
Outlook 
We aim to grow client numbers further in 2022 assisted by our international growth plans.
Why it’s important
Diversifying our revenue streams beyond our traditional UK public markets heritage is 
important in building a high growth, and more resilient, investment bank.
2022 performance
Both private markets and international ECM were impacted by market conditions. In 
particular, international ECM revenues were initially lower due to the weak IPO market. 
Private markets delivered a robust first half, but the second half was impacted by lower 
deal volumes.
Outlook
Private markets are experiencing volatility, but we expect volumes to recover.
We look forward to our Dublin office enabling greater international ECM participation; 
however, this is likely to be linked to IPO volumes in the near term.
Private markets and international ECM contribution 
(% of investment banking deal fees) 
6.0
8.1
8.5
8.9
7.6
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
17
19
21
1
10
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
669
681
703
663
657
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
	 Link to remuneration
2
1
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 33
Annual Report 2022
Key performance indicators
Remuneration £
Key performance indicators that are linked to remuneration are 
marked with this symbol. To ensure our Board and employees act 
in the best interests of clients and shareholders, remuneration is 
aligned to the strategic priorities and financial performance of the 
business and also takes into account specific risk management 
controls. The remuneration awarded to executive directors is 
weighted towards the delivery of long-term, sustainable 
performance that aligns with shareholder experience.
1 	 Bloomberg as at 30 September 2022
2 	 Institutional clients paying more than £1k in institutional income in the year
Key
2
3

Our environmental, social and governance (ESG) vision is to 
support our clients in their ESG goals based on a shared ambition 
to manage our environmental impacts, drive social value in 
the wider community and create a caring and fair working 
environment for our employees.
Focus area 1: 
Supporting and 
empowering  
our employees
Focus area 2:  
Responsible 
governance and 
ethical business  
practices
Focus area 3: 
Building our footprint 
in, and relationship 
with, our community
Focus area 4: 
Embedding ESG 
into advisory
“
We want to raise our 
sustainability ambitions and 
seize opportunities that arise 
from embedding ESG more 
deeply into our business – 
while helping our clients to 
do the same.” 
Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson
Co-CEOs
 34
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Our ESG framework

Non-financial reporting
ESG commitments
ESG considerations are playing an 
ever‑larger role in our business, as they 
are increasingly material to our key 
stakeholders – clients, shareholders, 
employees, suppliers and regulators. 
Numis is in a unique position where we 
speak to a number of the world’s largest 
investors and senior leaders of companies 
on a daily basis. Our ambition is to use 
this position to advise our clients and 
contribute to their conversations on 
the sustainability agenda. 
We also want to ensure that our own Group 
ESG commitments go beyond a tick-box 
exercise to create greater long-term value 
that genuinely makes an impact. This year 
we built out our ESG capability and 
accountability across the Group. As set 
out on pages 42-43 we put in place clear 
governance structures to implement our 
ESG strategy. 
Our framework
As we reported in 2021, last year we 
undertook our first materiality assessment 
and developed an ESG framework, which 
we used as a roadmap this year for our ESG 
strategy. The ESG Executive Committee, 
supported by the cross-departmental ESG 
Taskforce, has been tasked with putting 
this strategy into action in the form of clear 
measurable KPIs, which are reported to 
the Board on a regular basis.
While we have historically had ESG policies 
and programmes in place, we now have a 
more strategic approach, aligned with our 
core business. Our framework is comprised 
of four ESG focus areas (set out below). It 
captures what we have already been doing 
well, as well as setting out new focus areas 
in a clear and comprehensive way. Given 
the nature of our business and impact, 
our priority focus area is Empowering 
employees, i.e. our people. We are 
committed to making equality, diversity 
and inclusion central to our culture and 
business practices. 
We will continue to review and evolve the 
framework over the coming years to help 
ensure we constantly and effectively adapt 
our business in a rapidly changing market. 
Delivering value for our stakeholders is at 
the core of our ESG goals. We are pleased 
to share the progress we have made within 
the past 12 months as we continue on our 
ESG journey. 
Identified focus areas at the end of 2021
Empowering employees 
Equality, diversity and inclusion; 
Employee health and wellbeing; Talent 
acquisition, development and retention.
Responsible governance 
Culture, conduct and compliance; 
Climate risk governance, including 
energy and emissions; ESG governance.
Serving our community 
Community support and engagement.
Embedding ESG into advisory 
ESG integration into advisory services.
Non-financial information statement
While the requirement to report against sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 is not yet 
mandatory for AIM-listed companies, we set out below our non-financial reporting information statement. 
Information incorporated by cross-reference.
Requirement
Relevant policies and standards
Disclosures
Environmental 
matters
ESG (governance)
ESG: Responsible governance and ethical 
business practices, pages 42-43
TCFD, page 47
Emissions disclosures, page 48
Employee matters
Professional development and training
Flexible Working Policy
Grievance and disciplinary procedures
Conduct guidelines
Remuneration Policy
Absence Policy
Expenses guidelines
Parental leave inc. maternity, paternity, 
shared, adoption
Equal Opportunities Policy
Stakeholder engagement – employees, 
page 36
ESG: Empowering employees, pages 38-41
Social matters
Charity and community 
engagement strategy
Tax strategy
Sanctions
Stakeholder engagement – communities, 
page 36
ESG: Building our footprint in, and relationship 
with, our community, page 44
Tax, page 43
Human rights
Modern Slavery Statement
Anti-Bribery Act and Modern Slavery Act, 
page 43
Anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery matters
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy 
Anti-Money Laundering Policy 
Whistleblowing Policy
Audit Committee report, pages 70-73
Risk Committee report, pages 74-76
Risk Management, pages 49-55
Compliance training, page 43
Relevant information
•	Business model: pages 16-17
•	Non-financial KPIs: pages 32-33
•	Risk factors: pages 52-55
•	Board diversity: pages 57 and 63
Policies and Statements available on the Numis website
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 35
Annual Report 2022
Our ESG framework

Stakeholder engagement
Commitment to our stakeholders
We believe that considering our 
stakeholders in our decision-making is key 
to our long-term value creation. Under s172 
of the Companies Act 2006, our directors 
have a duty to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of our members 
as a whole, with regard to the interests of 
all stakeholders. Below we set out how we 
have engaged with our key stakeholders 
during the year, along with examples 
of how the Board has had regard to 
stakeholder interests in making certain 
key decisions.
Why they are important
How we engage
Priorities for stakeholder group
Employees 
Engaging closely with our employees at 
all levels of the organisation is important 
to understanding their needs and ensure 
that we retain and develop the best 
talent. It also helps the Board to ensure 
that the Numis culture and values are 
embedded throughout the business and 
that decisions are taken with due regard 
to employee views at all levels.
•	Regular hybrid (virtual and in-person) town hall updates from 
executive directors.
•	Non-executive director breakfasts with employees.
•	The Co-Chief Executive Officers have an open-door policy and 
meet with staff for targeted discussions.
•	Designated non-executive director champion for employee 
engagement, Catherine James.
•	Sponsorship of Inclusive Numis Network and Board attendance 
at Inclusive Numis Network events.
•	Culture and engagement in 
the business.
•	Opportunity for learning, development 
and career progression.
•	Support for diversity and inclusion.
•	Recognition of employee 
contributions.
Shareholders
Engaging with shareholders is key 
to our success as a business and our 
aim to create long-term sustainable 
shareholder value. 
•	Meetings between the Co-Chief Executive Officers and major 
shareholders to hear their views on various matters or strategy 
changes if applicable.
•	Regular Board feedback on major shareholder meetings.
•	The annual general meeting gives shareholders an opportunity 
to meet the non-executive as well as executive directors and to 
ask questions.
•	Investor roadshows after the interim and final results.
•	The main points of contact for shareholders are the Numis investor 
relations team, the executive directors and the Company Secretary.
•	Return on capital (short and 
longer term).
•	Strategy.
•	Robust governance structures.
•	ESG considerations.
Clients
Our relationships with our clients 
are fundamental to the success of 
the business, and close, sustained 
engagement and building on these 
trusted relationships is crucial to 
understanding their priorities and goals. 
•	Regular and effective communication between clients and their 
service teams.
•	Regular Board updates on client engagement by the Co-Chief 
Executive Officers.
•	Executive directors conduct annual independent reviews of 
corporate client service.
•	High standard of service 
and execution.
•	Professional, timely and innovative 
advice in all market conditions.
•	Engagement levels.
Suppliers
Our suppliers play an important role in 
providing their particular expertise and 
high-quality products and services, which 
in turn enables us to continue to meet the 
high expectations of our clients.
•	Regular engagement by management with our key 
infrastructure suppliers.
•	Board review of supplier applicable policies.
•	Clear communication.
•	Prompt payment.
Regulators
Regulations affect how we are able 
to market and provide services to our 
clients and it is therefore essential that 
we engage with our regulators to ensure 
they understand our products and 
business model, so we can remain active 
in multiple regions and keep growing into 
new markets. 
•	Regular Board updates from the Head of Compliance, the Head of 
Risk and the General Counsel on Group regulator interaction.
•	Board approval of new tax strategy. 
•	Consistent and 
high‑quality compliance.
•	Clear policies.
•	Culture of compliance across 
the Group.
•	Management of conduct risk.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 36
Annual Report 2022
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 

Stakeholder considerations
Below we set out examples of how Board decisions were influenced by and impacted our stakeholders. 
Decision
Stakeholder considerations
Operations review
The Board considered the results of an operational processes 
review, and approved a new operations strategy, including 
the streamlining of the Group custody offering.
Clients
The Board considered that the new operations strategy will improve our client service 
standard and offer a more streamlined client experience.
Regulators
It also considered that the new strategy ensures best-in-class compliance with our 
regulatory standards.
Brand refresh and brand strategy
The Board approved a new, refreshed brand and brand 
strategy for the Numis Group.
Clients
The Board reviewed the results of client consultations in connection with the brand 
refresh and considered client feedback in deciding on the new brand strategy.
Employees
The Board also considered the results of employee consultations and feedback in 
agreeing the strategy.
Share buyback strategy
The Board approved a new share buyback strategy, 
committing to an approved buyback spend in advance 
of the purchases in line with standard market practice.
The Board considered that the new buyback strategy would provide helpful guidance for 
shareholders and the broader market, particularly in a more challenging 
market environment.
Section 172 statement
The Board of Directors 
confirm that, during the 
year under review, it has 
acted to promote the 
long-term success of the 
Company for the benefit of 
shareholders, whilst having 
due regard to the matters 
set out in section 172(1)
(a) to (f) of the Companies
Act 2006.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 37
Annual Report 2022
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 

Our main asset is our 
intellectual capital – our 
people. We want Numis to 
lead the way in harnessing 
the power of diversity and 
inclusivity within our workforce 
to deliver strong results for 
our clients.
“
In order for our teams to excel 
for our clients, we must create 
an inclusive work environment 
where all staff feel supported 
and empowered to perform, 
and where diversity of thought 
is considered a key criteria 
for success.”
Mica Ross
Head of Human Resources
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 38
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Empowering employees
Values
	 Partnership
	 Excellence
	 Dynamism
	 Creativity


Our strengths 
and values
Conviction
It takes conviction to deliver the 
best results – conviction of ideas, 
approaches and anticipated 
outcomes. By having conviction, 
our actions have a clear impact 
for our clients. 
Care
We are committed to our clients 
and make sure we have consistent 
teams with senior involvement. Our 
dynamic and driven experts take a 
client-centred approach to ensure 
the most successful outcome.
Connectivity
Collaboration is fundamental to 
our service. We work seamlessly 
between our teams, clients and 
investors. This ecosystem creates 
tight bonds and deep insights to 
give our clients strong results. 
Creativity
New ideas, diversity of thought 
and lateral thinking are crucial for 
success; we approach challenges 
from different angles and push 
ourselves to find fresh solutions 
to achieve excellence.
Equality, diversity and inclusion
We are committed to making equality, 
diversity and inclusion central to our 
culture and business practices. We want to 
be more reflective of our client base and 
the society we serve – more diverse and 
inclusive companies are more effective. 
We are convinced that valuing, developing 
and enabling our people is key to our 
successful value creation, diversification 
strategy and continued growth.
Gender diversity
Ratio of males/females 2018-2022
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
71%
73%
28%
27%
25%
72%
73%
75%
29%
27%
 Males 
 Females
INN
INN (Inclusive Numis Network), has built on 
the previous year’s success and is proving 
to be a dynamic driver in enabling our 
business to benefit from the power of 
diversity. It is an employee-led and Board-
sponsored discussion and learning group, 
open to everyone, that addresses 
challenges and opportunities around 
diversity and inclusivity to encourage 
dialogue across the firm. Its main focus is 
to achieve more connectivity within Numis, 
so that every employee feels able to 
contribute fully and excel by being exactly 
who they are. INN wants to achieve 
positive progress in our internal community, 
employees’ career development and 
professional networking. Please see our 
feature on page 15 for more information.
Junior talent
We invest in our talent from the start with 
our carefully curated internship and 
graduate programmes. It is aimed at 
discovering and nurturing a strong and 
diverse talent pipeline, with each intake 
reflecting society through our positive 
inclusion techniques. Over the longer term, 
this investment should drive diversity and 
progression for underrepresented groups 
from junior to senior roles. We are 
convinced that growing our own talent is 
the most effective way to achieve a more 
diverse workforce, as lateral hiring from 
within the industry rarely moves diversity 
numbers meaningfully.
This year has seen our most diverse 
internship intake to date, with 42% female 
(compared to 29% in 2021) and 67% of an 
ethnic minority background. Compounding 
this success, for the class of 2022 we had 
a 75%-plus conversion from intern to 
graduate roles, with best-in-class 
technical training. 
We continue to fulfil our commitment to 
increase the proportion of women in our 
workforce, which is 29.5% female as of 
September 2022, up from 28.2% a year 
ago. This year, we have maintained 
our level of gender diversity in new 
appointments, with 40% of these 
being female. 
Our approach is a long-term one. We are 
pursuing meaningful, lasting change by 
attracting, retaining and rewarding diverse 
talent. If we can ensure that new joiners 
better reflect our client base and society 
more broadly, we can create more diverse 
teams and realise better outcomes for 
clients. We aim to hire and train junior 
female talent to gradually change our 
company and the wider industry. 
This strategic approach may not materially 
shift our gender pay data in the next few 
years, but we believe this approach will be 
far more effective than a small number of 
headline female hires. We also ensure we 
have female employees on our interview 
panels. Our approach is to continue with 
our inclusive policies, such as a more 
flexible working environment that is 
conducive to family life. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 39
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Empowering employees

In keeping with our goal of increasing the 
proportion of women in senior and 
leadership positions, we have made two 
managing director appointments in FY22, 
both female (one internal promote and one 
external hire). We have also improved our 
gender diversity at Board level. For more 
information, see the Nominations 
Committee report on pages 66-69.
Wellness 
We have evolved a culture of care, which 
supports health and wellbeing, so that 
employees feel valued and empowered.
Voices of Numis
Voices of Numis is a group of Numis 
employees who represent a broad 
demographic, whether by gender, ethnicity 
or socioeconomic background. Its aim is to 
take our diverse pipeline of talent and 
develop a programme that will support 
them to build their profile internally and 
externally; and for the next generation of 
talent to know there are role models they 
can look up to in what is often seen as a 
homogeneous industry. We specifically 
support employees through a targeted 
programme of training, press interviews, 
social media exposure and presenting 
at events. 
Employee engagement
We host regular town halls and fireside 
chats, along with our employee 
engagement surveys, to ensure we both 
inform, engage and capture all of the 
diverse voices across our business at all 
levels and in all departments. We also 
ensure there are regular opportunities for 
staff from across Numis to network and 
socialise with one another and the 
leadership team, the launch of our 
Thursday Get Together being a very 
popular initiative in 2022.
Work/Life balance
Our hybrid working model, adopted in 
response to the pandemic, takes the 
benefits of working from home – access to 
family, less commuting – and the benefits 
of being in a new, state-of-the-art office 
– collective problem solving – and supports 
those two elements. We believe 
empowering employees with flexibility, 
whilst never compromising on our 
personalised, client-focused approach, 
is good for our business as a whole, and 
improves productivity and performance.
We also support employees with policies 
on childcare and shared parental leave, 
our sabbatical policy and we are further 
developing our work from anywhere policy 
with lessons learnt from the previous year’s 
implementation. 
Mental health 
We genuinely believe that mental wellbeing 
is as important as physical wellbeing, and 
have updated our benefits offering 
accordingly. We have a group of staff who 
are qualified mental health first aiders, 
and all our employees have access to 
InsideOut, our mental health partner, from 
the day they join the Company. We offer 
further broad support through WeCare. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 40
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Empowering employees

Talent and development
We aim to support the development 
of our employees and cultivate a high‑
performing workforce.
Learning and development
Through seeking and applying employee 
feedback, we have made further strides to 
improving our wellbeing initiatives in 2022. 
This includes opportunities such as ESG 
certification, mental health positive 
inclusion training for all people managers, 
an in-house training programme to support 
the development of technical skills and 
executive coaching for emerging leaders.
We also support employees with internal 
mobility via our internal jobs board, and 
ensure sponsorship is available to achieve 
external qualifications. 
Growth and retention
This year, our headcount has continued to 
grow and this now includes our new entity 
in Dublin, Numis Europe, which works 
seamlessly alongside our New York and 
London offices. Turnover remained 
reasonably low at 15% (2021: 11.2%), which 
is lower than the sector average, based on 
industry data. This year once again saw 
intense hiring activity, most notably at 
junior levels in investment banking.
Looking forward
We want to capitalise on 2022’s successes 
with employee empowerment, and ensure 
that our aims keep up with our growth. We 
are committed to ensuring Numis is the 
investment bank of choice for ambitious 
and talented people to grow and develop 
their careers.
We are fully committed to supporting the 
development of our employees, so in 
October 2022 we launched a firm-wide 
mentoring programme. Mentoring 
relationships help build a strong company 
culture and give both mentors and 
mentees an opportunity to learn, grow and 
enjoy a sense of fulfilment. All of our NSL 
executive committee members are signed 
up to this.
Specific goals for the forthcoming year are 
targeted across all of our key employee 
empowerment areas. These include 
recruiting into an apprenticeship 
programme, reviewing the recruitment 
models we use to improve diversity of 
candidate shortlists, further upgrades to 
our comprehensive employee benefits 
offering and increasing accessibility to 
senior leadership.
Number of employees 
By department group
Investment banking	
 130
	 Equities	
102
	 Support	
104
*	 Only includes permanent and fixed-term contract employees.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 41
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Empowering employees

Governance
Clear reporting and governance structures 
are at the core of a consistent and 
accountable strategy. One of our priorities 
this year has been to put in place an 
ESG framework in line with other Group 
priority areas to support our strategy 
going forward.
Structure
The Board
As set out in our Governance report, 
the Board is ultimately responsible for 
promoting the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members and 
stakeholders, which includes responsibility 
for ESG opportunities and risks.
The Board takes ESG (including climate- 
related considerations) into account as 
part of its decision-making and strategic 
planning processes when appropriate. 
This is reflected in the terms of reference 
of the Board, which were updated this year 
to explicitly embed ESG considerations. 
The Board has delegated responsibility 
for the day-to-day management of the 
Group’s ESG strategy to the ESG Executive 
Committee and responsibility for oversight 
of the Group’s ESG risks to the Risk 
Committee. Membership of the ESG 
Executive Committee includes the Chief 
Financial Officer and members of senior 
management; membership of the Risk 
Committee is set out on page 74.
Management
The ESG Executive Committee meets on a 
monthly basis to monitor and discuss ESG 
issues relevant to Numis and to track the 
progress against the Group’s ESG KPIs. 
It is supported by the Numis ESG Taskforce, 
a cross-departmental group of employees. 
The ESG Taskforce is divided into four ESG 
focus areas: Empowering employees; 
Responsible governance; Serving our 
community; and Embedding ESG into 
advisory. The ESG Taskforce meets on a 
monthly basis, and each focus area meets 
more regularly as needed to progress their 
KPIs. Focus areas report any identified ESG 
issues to the ESG Executive Committee for 
consideration as needed.
The ESG Executive Committee sets the 
Group’s ESG KPIs, which are divided 
among the four focus areas. The ESG 
Numis ESG governance structure
Implement 
ESG strategy, 
set and monitor 
ESG KPIs, 
identify ESG 
risks
Implement 
ESG KPIs
ESG Taskforce
Ultimately 
responsible 
for strategy, 
governance, 
risk, 
shareholder 
reporting
Board
ESG Executive 
Committee
Reviewing 
and 
assessing 
key ESG risks
Risk Committee
Group risk 
management 
and 
monitoring, 
including of 
ESG risks
Group Risk
Empowering employees
Responsible governance
Serving our community
Embedding ESG into advisory
Governance
Strategic report
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
 42
ESG: Responsible governance and ethical business practices 

Taskforce updates the ESG Executive 
Committee on KPI progress on a monthly 
basis. The ESG Executive Committee in 
turn reports in to the Board ahead of each 
meeting on the Group’s ESG KPIs and any 
other relevant ESG considerations.
ESG risks are assessed by the Group risk 
function as part of the overall risk register, 
which monitors the potential size and 
scope of ESG risks and considers 
appropriate controls and mitigating 
actions as part of our standard 
risk framework. 
The ESG Executive Committee provides 
input to Group risk on ESG risks on a 
monthly basis. These risks are then 
considered and escalated to the Risk 
Committee as appropriate in line with our 
risk processes. For more information on our 
risk management processes, see the Risk 
management section and in particular our 
ESG risk disclosure on page 55. 
TCFD reporting
Developing our TCFD reporting has been a 
priority over the past 12 months, and we are 
pleased for the first time to present our 
progress towards adoption of the TCFD 
recommendations on page 47.
Anti-Bribery Act and Modern Slavery Act
We are committed to the highest standards 
of ethics, honesty and integrity, and have 
a zero-tolerance approach to modern 
slavery and bribery and corruption. We 
expect all our employees to have read 
and be aware of our Modern Slavery Act 
statement. As part of their induction, all 
employees are required to undertake 
mandatory Anti-Bribery and Anti-
Corruption online training. Numis also 
has a Whistleblowing Policy. Numis’ 
Anti‑bribery Act and Modern Slavery Act 
statements can be found on the Numis 
website www.numis.com.
Tax
At Numis, we want to further embed 
sustainability in our culture, our operations 
and our strategy. Like any business, our 
success rests on maintaining a good brand 
reputation and we aim to find a responsible 
balance in the way we approach our tax 
obligations. We recognise that Numis has 
an obligation to pay all taxes required by 
law and regulations in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it operates. Numis is 
committed to operating with the highest 
integrity to comply fully with tax laws 
around the world and aims to maintain a 
co-operative and professional relationship 
with all tax authorities. Our Tax Strategy 
can be found on the Numis website 
www.numis.com.
Compliance training
We are committed to ensuring that our 
staff are appropriately trained to 
understand how financial regulation 
applies to their respective roles. To that 
end, our compliance training programme 
is tailored according to department and 
comprises either traditional face-to-face 
training or e-learning programmes. 
Additionally, all new joiners receive 
comprehensive compliance training 
as part of their induction programme. 
Looking forward 
In 2023, we intend to build on 2022’s 
foundation and further progress our ESG 
governance processes. We will be focusing 
on general ESG strategy and quantifiable 
metrics and targets. In particular, we are 
looking to further develop our compliance 
with the TCFD reporting framework and 
embed clear metrics for ESG goals across 
all our ESG focus areas. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 43
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Responsible governance and ethical business practices 

Community
Numis is part of the community in which 
we operate. Social awareness is firmly 
embedded into our values and is an 
integral component of our 
Company culture. 
We recognise that community engagement 
is vital to our ability to deliver long-term 
returns for our stakeholders and that our 
communities value sustained support. 
We achieve this through a combination 
of dialogue, financial support through 
charitable donations and meaningful 
employee participation in causes they feel 
passionate about. The return to the office 
following the pandemic and our new 
hybrid working model have highlighted 
the increased importance of remaining 
connected with one another and our 
wider community.
Diversity in our community
This year, Numis partnered with reboot., a 
minority-led financial services organisation 
looking to promote diverse role models. Gb 
Ladipo, a Director in Investment Banking at 
Numis, was interviewed by Financial News 
and ESG Clarity about his own experience 
working in the City as a Black man. This 
was followed up by a CEOs roundtable to 
have informal and open discussions about 
race in the workplace, which was received 
very positively by employees. These 
important initiatives have a positive 
impact on both our Company and the 
wider industry.
Bees at 45 Gresham Street office
As part of our ongoing commitment to 
ecological initiatives, we worked with our 
co-tenants, Evelyn Partners, to set up a 
beehive at our London office in September 
2022. The hive is located on the roof of 
the building and is visited regularly by a 
professional beekeeper, who looks after 
the bees and collects the honey when it is 
ready. Bees are crucial to the preservation 
of our ecosystem and biodiversity in nature, 
both for plants and animals.
Supporting charities 
All our people can take part in selecting 
the charities that Numis supports. In 2022, 
our plan to boost community activity was 
successful, and charitable giving increased 
by more than 50%, feeding in to our 
broader ESG policy. This year, in addition to 
our usual charitable initiatives such as our 
Christmas jumper fundraiser and Christmas 
giving, our employee-led charitable 
fundraises included a bake sale to raise 
money for Mind, a mental health charity. 
The Inclusive Numis Network also 
sponsored a number of charitable 
initiatives, including clothing donations 
and Wear Red Day, which raised funds 
for Show Racism the Red Card.
Looking forward 
We want to continue with community 
initiatives that we already do well, such as 
ad hoc Company charity days, Christmas 
giving, sponsorship matched donations 
and team sports support. 
2022 has seen the introduction of several 
new initiatives. In September 2022, we put 
in place a new charity and community 
engagement strategy for our UK 
operations, maintaining flexibility for 
employees to work with causes they care 
about while introducing more structure 
to the programme. We will report on the 
progress of this strategy in our 2023 
Annual Report.
1. Beehive located on the 
roof of our building.
2. Our bake sale in aid
of Mind, a mental 
health charity.
3.	 Gb Ladipo, Director, 
Investment Banking, 
Numis.
1
2
3
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 44
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Building our footprint in, and relationship with, our community 

Embedding ESG into advisory
As set out in our 2021 Annual Report, this 
year we have sought to leverage our client 
relationships and expertise to create 
positive ESG outcomes. We have also 
built on our existing strengths to deliver 
ESG advice as an integrated part of our 
advisory offerings.
Engaging with the market – 
thought  leadership
This year we continued to engage with 
clients and market participants through 
the Numis Sustainable Series, a series of 
webinars that incorporate systematic ways 
of thinking about sustainability to promote 
knowledge and influence decision-making 
in this area. By helping to inform our 
stakeholders of key sustainability themes, 
we are seeking to address an information 
gap in UK financial services when it comes 
to sustainability and ESG matters.
Numis Sustainable Series (27 May 2022)
Positive tipping points
Numis led a discussion around climate tipping points, 
social tipping points, nature-based solutions, and how 
we need global solutions to a global problem with ESG 
experts Professor Tim Lenton from the Global Systems 
Institute, University of Exeter, Eleanor Fraser-Smith, 
Head of Sustainability at Victory Hill, Lindsey Stewart, 
Director of Investment Stewardship Research at 
Morningstar and Romie Goedicke, Project and 
Technical Manager Nature at UNEP-FI. 
Numis Sustainable Series (22 April 2022)
Earth Day: Solutions
For Earth Day, we marked the occasion by hosting a 
Numis Sustainable Series event, in which David Carlin, 
TCFD and Climate Risk Program Lead for UNEP-FI, 
along with other leading ESG experts, Charlotte 
Fletcher, Associate Partner at Alvarium, and Nick 
Scullion, Partner at Foresight Group, discussed the 
challenges facing financial services on the journey 
to net zero. 
TCFD webinar (25 February 2022)
TCFD reporting: How to construct and 
what investors look for
Mandatory TCFD reporting for a majority of UK 
corporates came into force from 6 April. We hosted 
an ESG webinar, ‘TCFD reporting: How to construct 
and what investors look for’ with Helen Wain from IMS 
Consulting (Europe) Ltd, who covered how to go about 
putting together a best-in-class TCFD report and what 
investors are ultimately looking for.
Numis Sustainable Series
This year our Numis Sustainable Series webinars have reached over 350 institutional market participants and included 
19 expert guest speakers, including from the United Nations and the Global Systems Institute (University of Exeter).
Numis Sustainable Series (25 March 2022)
Systems thinking: Climate through the 
lens of financial services
In this webinar, we focused on the key material 
challenges facing financial services right now, from 
climate systems and ethical investing, to the energy 
transition. Numis was joined by Monica Filkova, who 
focuses on climate finance at Aviva, Jenn-Hui Tan, 
Global Head of Stewardship and Sustainable 
Investing at Fidelity, Dan Watson, Head of 
Sustainability at Amber Infrastructure, and Emma 
Wall, Head of Investment Analysis & Research at 
Hargreaves Lansdowne.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 45
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Embedding ESG into advisory

Engaging with our employees – education 
and training
Our ambition is to embed ESG awareness 
across all departments at Numis, from risk 
management and corporate finance to 
equities. This year the members of our 
cross-departmental ESG Taskforce, led by 
the ESG Executive Committee, developed 
their understanding of our ESG strategy 
through regular meetings to hear from 
each Pillar on their ESG focus areas and 
KPIs. Across the broader business, we 
offered training through ‘lunch and learn’ 
sessions with the CFA Institute and gave 
all employees the opportunity to sit for 
the CFA ESG and Certificate in Climate 
& Investing to build our knowledge and 
internal capability.
ESG was also incorporated into our intern 
programme, as the investment banking 
interns conducted and presented on 
sector-specific summer research projects 
into ESG trends and themes. 
Engaging with clients – advisory
We are seeking opportunities across our 
business to support our clients on ESG 
issues and in their transition to a low 
carbon economy. Not only are we uniquely 
positioned to capitalise on these 
opportunities, but we already have a 
strong track record of doing so. In 2013, 
we listed the first pure-play solar fund on a 
major global stock exchange (the Bluefield 
Solar Income Fund on the LSE). Since then, 
we have had further IPOs across renewable 
investment companies, deploying in the 
UK, Europe and further afield.
This year, in challenging market conditions, 
we have conducted equity placings for 
Bluefield Solar Income Fund, a diversified 
portfolio of low carbon assets in the UK, 
Victory Hill Global Sustainability Energy 
Opportunities plc, a portfolio of direct 
investments in energy infrastructure that 
have high impact value and align with the 
United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals, and International Public 
Partnerships Limited (INPP), a portfolio of 
social and public infrastructure projects.
Importantly, we also acted as debt adviser 
to Tyman, a leading international supplier 
of engineered components and access 
solutions to the construction industry, on its 
$75m of innovative Sustainability Linked US 
Private Placement Notes. Our role included 
structuring the sustainability-linked 
components – one of the first of its kind 
within the US private placement market.
Looking forward
We look forward to continuing to engage 
with the market and our clients on ESG 
issues going forward, and to developing 
the depth and breadth of our 
ESG capabilities. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 46
Annual Report 2022
ESG: Embedding ESG into advisory

TCFD report
In our 2021 Annual Report, we committed 
to expanding our reporting on climate 
and environmental disclosures. We are 
therefore pleased that, this year, for the 
first time, we are able to present our 
progress towards adoption of the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations. 
While the requirement to report against 
the benchmark of TCFD is not currently 
mandatory for AIM-listed companies, 
we consider it a useful metric to assess 
the development of the climate and 
sustainability elements of our ESG strategy. 
In this Annual Report, the Group 
makes climate-related financial 
disclosures against:
•	Governance: all recommended 
disclosures
•	Risk management: all recommended 
disclosures
•	Metrics and targets: recommended 
disclosure (b)
We are continuing to make progress 
against the Strategy disclosures and 
remaining Metrics and Targets disclosures. 
We will provide an update in the 2023 
Annual Report. 
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
Governance
Describe the Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks and opportunities
The Board is responsible for the Group’s climate strategy and risks. It 
receives updates from the ESG Executive Committee ahead of each 
meeting on the Group’s ESG KPIs, including those related to climate.
The Group Risk Committee exercises oversight of risks relating to 
climate as part of its responsibility for ESG risks.
Pages 42-43
Describe management’s role in 
assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities
The ESG Executive Committee is responsible for climate-related risks 
and opportunities. It leads the ESG Taskforce in (i) progressing the 
Group’s climate and other ESG KPIs and (ii) identifying and advising 
the Group’s risk function on potential ESG risks, including those relating 
to climate.
The ESG Taskforce updates the ESG Executive Committee on ESG KPI 
progress on a monthly basis. The ESG Executive Committee, in turn, 
provides an update to the Board ahead of each meeting on the Group’s 
ESG KPIs, including those related to climate.
Pages 42-43
Risk management
Describe the organisation’s processes 
for identifying and assessing climate-
related risks and opportunities
The ESG Executive Committee considers and reviews Numis’ ESG risks, 
including climate risks, each month. It also tracks progress of the ESG 
Taskforce against Numis’ ESG KPIs on a monthly basis, and approves 
new KPIs. Any identified ESG risks are reported to the Group risk function 
and assessed as part of the overall risk register.
Pages 42-43 and 49-51
Describe the organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-related risks 
and opportunities
ESG (including climate-related) risks identified by the ESG Executive 
Committee are assessed and managed in accordance with our 
standard risk processes. Potential ESG (including climate-related) 
opportunities are considered by the ESG Executive Committee and 
where appropriate incorporated into measurable KPIs. 
Pages 49-51
Describe how processes for identifying, 
assessing and managing climate-
related risks are integrated into the 
organisation’s overall risk management
Identified ESG risks and relevant metrics are shared with the Group’s 
Risk function for consideration and escalation as appropriate, 
along with other risks to the business, as part of our standard risk 
management procedures.
Pages 42-43 and 49-51
Metrics and targets
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions and the related risks
Numis tracks UK Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions. 
Risks associated with Numis’ emissions are considered by the ESG 
Executive Committee in its risk review process
Page 48
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 47
Annual Report 2022
Climate reporting/TCFD disclosures

Energy use and emissions
As a large unquoted company, Numis must 
report its UK energy use and emissions. 
This is Numis’ report on carbon emissions 
under UK Streamlined Energy & Carbon 
Reporting Regulations (SECR). 
Numis’ current UK emissions and energy 
levels, and the change in relation to the 
previous year are:
•	Emissions in 2022: 92.2 tCO2e, 40% down 
from the 2021 emissions.
•	Energy use in 2022: 434,000 kWh, 34% 
down from the 2021 energy use.
•	The intensity ratio in 2022: 0.298 
kgCO2e/FTE, down 43% from the 2021 
intensity ratio.
These reductions follow the period of the 
move to new premises during 2021, which 
resulted in the two offices being occupied 
concurrently for a period. Further 
reductions are expected given the low-
energy office accommodation, reduced 
occupancy patterns, and the change to 
off-site main comms rooms.
Greenhouse gas emissions
Numis SECR 2021-2022*
Emissions 
Scope
Energy
kWh
Factor 
kgCO2e/
kWh
Emissions
tCO2e
(%)
2022 change 
from 2021 
2021 
figure
Energy and emissions**
Electricity – 45 Gresham Street
Scope 2
434,088
0.21
92.2
100.0%
Gas and transport
Scope 1
0
–
0.0
0.0%
Total energy
 
434,088
 
 
 
-34%
655,311
Total emissions
92.2
-40%
152.9
Intensity ratio: emissions per FTE***
Business metric: FTE
309.2
+6%
291.9
Intensity ratio units
kgCO2e/
FTE
Intensity ratio value
0.298
-43%
0.524
Average emission factor
0.212
-9%
0.233
* 2020 figures are not included in the comparison as they cover a period in which Numis’ UK operations were 
located at a different office.
** The methodology used to calculate the quantity of emissions and energy consumed is the Corporate Green 
House Gas Protocol aligned with the SECR guidance Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including streamlined 
energy and carbon reporting guidance. March 2019 (Updated Introduction and Chapters 1 and 2). The emissions 
factors used are from Emissions calculation factors: the UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting 2020.
*** The intensity ratio ‘Emissions per unit FTE’ is suitably relevant for the Numis operation because the Numis 
energy use and emissions are related to the number of people employed by the Group in the UK.
Reducing SECR emissions with 
energy efficiency actions during this 
financial year:
•	All LED lighting with automatic lighting 
control with management to ensure 
lighting off when unoccupied.
•	Air conditioning management of 
the Numis office space to closely 
match occupancy.
•	Further roll-out of low energy high 
efficiency processors and screens 
with hibernation.
Further emissions reduction initiatives 
during this financial year:
•	Renewable-sourced electricity at 
Gresham Street. While not affecting the 
headline location-based emissions figure, 
this reduces the market-based emissions 
figure by 92.2 tCO2e.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 48
Annual Report 2022
Climate reporting/TCFD disclosures

We are committed to managing our risks 
within a framework of tight controls, 
well-defined risk appetite and clear 
accountability to deliver long-term value.
Review of risk challenges and actions 
for the year and future outlook
Geopolitical and economic risks have 
affected our business this year and are 
expected to continue to influence the 
macroeconomic outlook. We have 
developed a diversified strategy over time 
and have implemented resilient systems, 
processes and resources to mitigate these 
ongoing external risks. We have continued 
to control our financial risks tightly and 
ensure that we have the necessary level of 
operational resilience to avoid adverse 
outcomes, particularly for our clients and 
the market in which we operate. 
This year we continued to take important 
steps to develop our risk management 
controls and grow our resilience in the 
face of a more challenging business 
environment. Important actions include:
•	Implementing comprehensive risk 
management processes in our recently 
licensed EU-based office, enabling us 
to access institutional and corporate 
clients across the EEA and be in a 
position to deliver a high-quality 
investment banking service to a wider 
geographical audience.
•	Developing and embedding processes 
and systems to meet the requirements 
of the UK Investment Firm Prudential 
Regime (IFPR), which came into force on 
1st January 2022.
•	Ensuring our overall group and individual 
entity capital and liquidity management 
is robust and our stress testing analysis 
continues to meet future operational and 
regulatory requirements.
•	Delivering improvements in our 
operational resilience, including 
reviewing our important and critical 
business services, and making progress 
to reduce any risk of causing intolerable 
harm to our clients.
•	Strengthening technology resilience and 
reinforcing robust data security, including 
reviewing those of our third-party service 
providers.
•	Supporting effective flexible working 
practices to ensure we maintain our 
high standards of conduct and culture 
and provide safe, collaborative and 
supportive working environments.
•	Developing in-depth environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) policies 
to build on our initiatives and deliver 
beneficial gains, particularly in relation to 
diversity and inclusion.
•	Implementing financial system 
improvements to raise the quality of 
financial and business data for strategic 
planning and decision-making.
•	Renewing our committed bank facility.
•	Improving automation to lessen the time 
taken on operational processes. 
Looking to the future, key challenges 
and emerging risks include:
•	Building our primary and secondary 
equity capital market services to EEA 
clients using the foundations of our 
recently licensed EU office.
•	Managing the regulatory divergence 
between the UK and the EU.
•	Further enhancing the quality of internal 
and outsourced technology solutions.
•	Enhancing our readiness for crisis 
management through ongoing testing 
and simulations.
•	Managing macroeconomic uncertainty, 
including an inflationary environment 
with geopolitical uncertainty, interest rate 
increases and financial market volatility.
Managing risks
We identify and manage risks through our 
risk management framework, which 
supports an effective and strong risk 
culture in our pursuit of our strategic 
objectives. The framework sets out our risks 
and our risk appetite towards them, 
together with the key arrangements for 
managing the risks through effective 
internal controls and clear accountability. 
“
Close attention to risk 
management is more 
important than ever to 
guide behaviour and 
pursue our strategic 
objectives responsibly.”
Charles Davidson 
Head of Risk
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 49
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

Our risk appetite
Our risk appetite guides the level of risk we 
are willing to take across the different risk 
types. It sets the standards, attitudes and 
values that influence risk-taking, 
management decisions and performance 
evaluation. Risk appetite is set for all risk 
types in either quantitative or qualitative 
terms, or both. The level affects the 
decision-making processes that drive the 
business forward, including business 
planning, new product analysis and 
change initiatives. 
We embed our risk management 
framework into each level of the business, 
with all staff being responsible for 
managing risks. To achieve this, we use a 
‘three lines of defence’ model.
Three lines of defence
Our risk governance is based on the 
principle that risk management, risk 
oversight and assurance are distinct 
activities that should each be carried out 
by separate individuals, committees and 
departments, with overall responsibility 
taken by a senior manager. This involves 
three lines of defence as follows:
•	The first line of defence consists of the 
business front line staff who understand 
their risk management responsibilities 
and are charged with carrying them out 
diligently and effectively.
•	The second line of defence consists 
of the oversight functions made up of 
experienced reviewers, the Risk team 
and the Compliance team. These 
teams monitor performance against 
policies and oversee the business front 
lines in relation to risk management 
and compliance.
•	The third line of defence consists of 
internal audit, which regularly reviews 
both the business front lines and the 
oversight functions to ensure that 
they are carrying out their tasks to the 
required level of competency.
Each line of defence is a means to ensure 
that risk management systems, processes 
and controls are operating effectively in 
line with our procedures, policies and 
decision-making governance. This 
approach is designed to guard against 
unwanted risks materialising beyond our 
risk appetite and to ensure we remain in 
line with our strategic objectives.
Risk committees
In addition to our Risk Committee, our risk 
management framework includes a 
number of executive risk committees that 
assess and manage risk matters. 
Our responsible risk culture 
The management of risk is embedded in 
our culture. It is the responsibility of each 
employee to ensure that our risk appetite is 
built into our working practices. Lapses 
below this standard are not tolerated. We 
promote a responsible risk culture in three 
main ways:
Tailored training and development
Educating and developing our staff in 
relation to risk management is essential to 
maintain our distinctive strengths and for 
the long-term success of our business.
Our risk management framework
Determine strategic objectives
Identify principal risks
Review external environment 
and assess principal risks 
Set risk appetite and tolerances
Determine strategic action
Assess effectiveness of risk 
management framework
Evaluate principal risks 
and uncertainties
Direct delivery of strategic 
actions in line with risk appetite
Monitor key risk indicators
Consider completeness of 
identified risks and adequacy 
of mitigating actions
Consider aggregation of risk 
exposures across the business
Execute strategic actions within 
a strong risk culture
Report on key risk indicators
Report current and emerging risks
Evaluate risks and mitigating controls
Identify and record inherent and 
residual risks in risk register
Top down
Strategic risk management
Bottom up
Enterprise risk management
Board/
Risk Committee
Executive 
Committees
Business 
Areas
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 50
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

We provide ongoing training to all staff 
to build the skills, knowledge and 
understanding to manage the risks in 
our business. 
Effective senior management leadership
Senior management lead by example in 
the way in which they set staff objectives, 
listen to concerns, react to issues, and 
evaluate performance. This includes 
emphasising the importance of balancing 
risk with profitability and growth while 
ensuring compliance with risk appetite, 
regulatory requirements and 
internal policies. 
Management encourages and coaches 
employees to be risk-aware and to take 
personal responsibility for identifying and 
helping address risk issues and escalating 
concerns whenever necessary. 
Reinforcing a strong risk culture and 
aligned incentivisation 
Risk management is integral in the 
performance evaluation of all individuals, 
not only senior management and those 
responsible for risk oversight. The Board 
sets appropriate deferral periods on 
incentivisation rewards to align 
remuneration with the long-term success 
of the Group.
Our key strategic priorities are:
1.	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2.	Become the leading UK equities platform
3.	Diversify into new products and markets
4.	Maintain operating and 
capital discipline
5.	Deliver shareholder returns
Our risk assessment
Principal risks
Key strategic 
priorities affected
Change in risk 
assessment in year
S
Strategic risk
 1   2   3   4   5
F
Financial risk
 2   4   5
P
People risk
 1   2   3
 T
Technology risk
 2   3   4
C
Conduct, regulatory and legal risk
 1   2   3   4   5
O
Operational risk
 1   2   3   4   5
G
Environmental, Social & Governance risk
 4  
M
Macroeconomic risk
 4   5
R
Reputational risk
 1   2   3   4   5
Risk Heatmap
Impact
Likelihood
 Unchanged  
 Increased  
 Decreased
Our risk assessment
Overall
Likelihood
Impact
S
F
P
 T
C
O
G
M
R
 T
 P
 C
 G
 O
M
S
R
F
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 51
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

Risk description
Mitigation
Change in the year and residual risk
Strategic risk   1   2   3   4   5
The risk that we are not able to carry out our strategy and 
achieve our objectives.
We recognise that continued focus on the way our strategy is executed is key 
to our long-term success and financial condition.
The Board and its Committees contribute to the formulation of our strategy 
and provide robust challenge to the executive management team on our 
strategic direction.
We recognise that good communication internally and externally is vital, 
especially in the hybrid working environment, to ensure that we are fully 
informed, aligned and motivated to deliver our strategy. 
Our culture plays an important part to ensure that we operate within our risk 
appetite. We disseminate our goals and culture by meeting in person when 
appropriate or holding hybrid face-to-face/virtual meetings and one-on-
one conversations.
Geopolitical and economic uncertainty followed 
in the wake of the global covid pandemic. As we 
adapted to these new threats, our performance 
remained resilient, although uncertainty in the 
macroeconomic environment remains heightened.
Our new European office received its licence 
this year enabling broader engagement with 
EU‑based clients and enhanced diversification 
to our business. 
No material change in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Financial risk   2   4   5
Market risk
The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes 
in the value of our assets and liabilities, including impact 
to the value of our trading book arising from volatility in 
equity prices.
Liquidity risk
The risk that we are unable to meet our contractual, 
regulatory, or contingent liquidity obligations, arising 
from, for example, crystallised underwriting obligations, 
short‑term margin calls, and equity trading settlement 
delays (particularly in overseas markets).
Credit risk
The risk of loss from the failure of clients or counterparties 
to honour their obligations to us in full. 
Capital risk
The risk that we have insufficient capital to support 
our business activities and to meet our regulatory 
capital requirements.
Control improvements made in previous years have enhanced our financial risk 
management. Further initiatives include:
Market risk 
Tightening order management limits during periods of volatility.
Liquidity risk
Enhanced liquidity management, including SWIFT access and automating bank 
payments to improve payment processing.
Credit risk
Improving onboarding verification and credit review processes.
Capital risk
Analysis of the capital required under the new UK Investment Firm Prudential 
Regime and EU Investment Firm Directive/Investment Firm Regulations.
Financial risk is an important issue for the firm. 
Issues arising from the war in Ukraine, rising energy 
costs, inflation, interest rates and volatility in 
foreign exchange rates increased market and 
credit risk.
Enhancements to the management of liquidity risk 
and incremental increases to our capital resources 
this year mitigated financial risk.
Marginal increase in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 52
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

Risk description
Mitigation
Change in the year and residual risk
People risk   1   2   3
Failure to attract, motivate and retain our staff is a key risk to 
maintaining our competitive advantage and the long-term 
success of our business.
Hybrid working, whereby employees work in the office for 
some of the week and at home for the remainder, raises 
people risk challenges such as managing and motivating the 
workforce, employee wellbeing, inclusion, and maintaining 
our strong culture whilst meeting employee expectations for 
flexible working practices.
Our unique culture is vital to our success. The performance of our people remains 
at the top of the Board’s agenda. 
Care for our staff’s physical and mental wellbeing continues to be a key 
focus, as does ensuring that we promote diversity and inclusion throughout 
our organisation. 
We built on the work of previous years through a number of core initiatives: 
Equality, diversity & inclusion
• Supporting and promoting the Inclusive Numis Network (see page 15 for 
more information).
• We remain determined to continue to be a favoured choice of employer for 
a diverse pool of talent and therefore invest in graduate recruitment and 
our summer intern programme.
Employee health & wellbeing
•	Further embedding and refining our hybrid working policy. 
•	Continued partnership with InsideOut to ensure all staff have easy access to 
mental health support and training of managers on the same.
Employee voice
•	Engagement and communication is enhanced by firm-wide town hall meetings, 
Non-Executive Director Employee Engagement and informal social events.
•	Bi-annual people survey.
Talent & development
•	Focus this year was on strengthening our in-house technical training curriculums.
•	Launch of a firm-wide mentoring programme.
Retention & succession planning
The Board maintains succession planning for key members of management and 
is also mitigating the risk of attrition by incentivising our employees through our 
remuneration policy, including considering the appropriate allocation and mix of 
cash and share-based schemes along with appropriate deferral periods in order 
to align remuneration with our long-term success. For further information see 
page 77.
As external concerns shift from the global 
pandemic to new challenges, we inevitably remain 
concerned over people risk issues and continue to 
take mitigating action.
No material change in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 53
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

Risk description
Mitigation
Change in the year and residual risk
Technology risk   2   3   4  
Technology risk can arise from the failure of core business 
processes undertaken within the firm, or by one of our third-
party service providers, which results in:
•	Risk of outages and connectivity failings
•	Cyber attacks and data loss
Effective governance over information and systems allows us 
to deliver innovation and change.
A failure to innovate and be at the forefront of digital 
technology can result in increased risk and a loss of 
competitive advantage.
Operational resilience is central to our ongoing success. We aim to sustain 
system operations and client service with minimum disruption. We continue 
to enhance the connectivity and security challenges of operating in a hybrid 
working environment model as well as in our offices in London, Dublin and 
New York. 
We have continued to invest in cyber security systems to prevent and detect 
vulnerabilities by using best-in-breed third-party service providers. We also 
engage independent advisers to provide further assurance where appropriate.
We align with the ISO27001 Information Security framework and we use the 
ISACA Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT2019) 
governance framework to ensure we employ effective and robust controls for the 
management of technology.
We opened our new European office in Dublin 
following extensive testing of all technology 
systems and controls.
External geopolitical events have heightened 
cyber risk. We have followed the advice from 
NCSC and FINRA to strengthen our cyber 
security defences and will continue to take all 
proportionate steps in line with best practice to 
address vulnerabilities and increase resilience.
Marginal increase in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Conduct, regulatory and legal risk   1   2   3   4   5
Conduct risk
The risk that inappropriate behaviour, conduct or practices 
result in harm to our clients’ interests or to market integrity. 
Regulatory risk
The risk that new regulations or changes to the interpretation 
or implementation of existing regulations adversely affects 
our operational and financial condition. 
Legal risk
The risk of legal and/or regulatory action arising from failure 
to identify or meet legislative and/or regulatory requirements, 
resulting in fines, penalties, censure or other sanctions.
Our conduct risk policy sets out the standard of behaviour expected from 
all of our staff and is supported by appropriate management information 
and reporting. We promote strong communication, rigorous supervision and 
engagement through collaboration and mentoring of staff. Periodic conduct risk 
assessments are carried out by the first line of defence and reviewed/challenged 
by the second line of defence.
Senior management, the Board and our Committees oversee compliance with 
relevant regulatory and legal requirements. There is a demonstrated track record 
of transparency and strong relations with the key regulatory bodies.
Compliance procedures are maintained across the Group. Our compliance 
function supports senior management in meeting its obligations as well as 
carrying out risk-based monitoring of our adherence with relevant regulation.
Our legal obligations are overseen by our in-house legal team.
Tailored training and updates on specific aspects of regulatory compliance 
are routinely delivered throughout the year by a combination of legal and 
compliance personnel and external subject matter experts.
The UK Investment Firm Prudential Regime and the 
EU Investment Firm Regulations and Directive were 
introduced this year. 
The set-up of our new European office in Dublin 
involved close cooperation with another regulator, 
the Central Bank of Ireland.
Ongoing divergence between UK and EU 
regulation is being actively tracked. 
Marginal increase in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 54
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

Risk description
Mitigation
Change in the year and residual risk
Operational risk   1   2   3   4   5
The risk of loss (or gain) resulting from inadequate or 
failed internal processes, people and systems or from 
external events.
Our operational resilience work included defining our important business 
services that could cause intolerable harm to our clients or the wider market 
and taking steps to reduce the likelihood and impact of any harmful events. 
We continuously strive to improve these services to reduce any likelihood 
of incidents. 
Our management system for operational risk incident reporting has been 
enhanced to manage and efficiently establish improvements.
Marginal decrease in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Environmental, Social & Governance risk   4
The risk of ineffective, inefficient and unethical management 
and oversight of the ESG areas that are important to us and 
our clients.
Our corporate governance structure ensures that the Board has sufficient, well-
articulated, consistent and timely information to enable decisions to be made. 
We have established a monthly ESG Executive Committee to review the nature 
of evolving risks.
In view of increasing engagement with ESG matters 
and the complexities to meet these significant 
and evolving challenges, we note an increase in 
residual risk after mitigating actions.
Macroeconomic risk   4   5
The risk that deterioration in the business and economic 
environment, or an increase in political instability, could 
adversely affect the financial condition and prospects of 
our business.
The war in Ukraine, rising energy costs and inflation are all 
contributing factors to macroeconomic uncertainty.
We have built a diversified corporate and institutional client base and 
expanded our services to help mitigate severe financial stress during periods of 
economic downturn. Our new Dublin office enables engagement with EU issuers 
and institutions. 
Due to the uncertain outlook as we emerge 
from the covid pandemic into increasing 
macroeconomic and geopolitical concerns, 
a high level of residual risk remains after 
mitigating actions. 
Marginal increase in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Reputational risk   1   2   3   4   5
The risk of damage to our reputation due to, for example, a 
reduction of trust in our integrity or competence. This could 
be linked to loss of revenue, regulatory censure, litigation, 
negative publicity, loss of client business (current or potential), 
reduced staff morale, and difficulty in attracting new talent to 
the business.
The Board sets the Group’s cultural tone by demanding a strong ethical and 
professional culture as the only acceptable standard.
We have robust policies, procedures and controls in place to ensure our activities 
and behaviour are of a high standard. Our risk management framework is 
directed at ensuring that we understand control and report on all our risks that 
could cause reputational damage.
We also engage with stakeholders and market practitioners as well as 
monitoring media coverage to understand how our reputation is perceived.
No material change in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.
Key
1 	 Build the corporate franchise focusing 
on high-quality companies
2 	 Become the leading UK equities platform
3 	 Diversify into new products and markets
4 	 Maintain operating and capital discipline
5 	 Deliver shareholder returns
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 55
Annual Report 2022
Risk management

 56
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Board of Directors
57
Corporate Governance 
report and Statement of 
Compliance 2022
60
Nominations 
Committee report
66
Audit Committee report
70
Risk Committee report
74
Remuneration 
Committee report
77
Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements
86
Directors’ report
87
Governance

Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer
appointed to the Board July 2016
(appointed Co-CEO September 2016) 
Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer
appointed to the Board July 2016 
(appointed Co-CEO September 2016)
Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer 
appointed January 2018
Luke Savage 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
appointed to the Board January 2018 
(appointed Chairman February 2022)
Kathryn Gray
Independent Non-Executive Director 
appointed October 2022
Catherine James
Independent Non-Executive Director
appointed May 2014
Richard Hennity
Independent Non-Executive Director
appointed February 2022 
Robert Sutton
Independent Non-Executive Director
appointed May 2014
Gender
	 Male	
6
	 Female	
2
Role
	 Chairman	
1
Executive Director	
3
Non-Executive Director	
4
Length of tenure
0-1 yr	
2
1-2 yrs	
0
2-5 yrs	
4
5-10 yrs	
2
10+ yrs	
0
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 57
Annual Report 2022
Board of Directors

Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer
appointed to the Board July 2016
(appointed Co-chief executive officer 
September 2016) 
Alex Ham is Co-CEO of Numis.
Alex together with Ross is jointly responsible for 
Numis’ strategic development as well as the 
executive management of the Group. Alex is 
responsible for overseeing the implementation 
and delivery of the business strategy and 
oversees management’s delivery against it. 
Through effective leadership, combined with the 
support of a collaborative management team, 
Alex leads and motivates the Company to 
execute the business strategy. 
Key strengths 
Alex’s ability to think outside the box has 
encouraged Numis and its staff to be more 
creative and innovative in its approach to 
achieving its business goals, especially in regards 
to Investment Banking. Experience gained over 
a 15 year period has provided Alex with a strong 
background in strategy, relationship building, 
communication skills and execution, attributes 
essential to the continued success in the role as 
Co-CEO. This collaborative management style, 
which promotes creativity and new opportunities, 
whilst cognisant of the challenges and risks 
associated with new decisions, often leads to 
greater unforeseen opportunities. Numis is proud 
that its Co-CEOs have the ability to inspire and 
lead staff to make the most of their potential so 
that they have the tools to succeed and develop 
personally and professionally. Alex’s confidence 
in embracing new methodologies to provide 
solutions to client business strategies, 
encourages Numis to continue to think laterally 
as well as logically of its business model and 
how to execute it. 
Background and career 
Alex joined Numis Corporate Broking team in 
August 2005 where he has played a critical 
role in building and developing Numis’ retained 
corporate client base and equity capital markets 
capability. He was appointed Head of Corporate 
Broking & Advisory in May 2015.
Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer 
appointed to the Board January 2018
Andrew Holloway is an Executive Director 
and Chief Financial Officer of Numis. 
Andrew is responsible for the preparation and 
integrity of the Group’s financial information 
and effectiveness of its internal control 
framework. Andrew supports the CEOs in the 
development, implementation and oversight 
of the Group’s strategy. 
Key strengths 
Andrew has significant industry experience 
gained over the course of a 16 year investment 
banking career as well as a deep understanding 
of Numis, the business model and the culture of 
the organisation. Andrew has worked 
predominantly with financial services companies, 
supporting them in achieving their growth 
ambitions by providing strategic and financial 
intelligence. Andrew has applied data-driven 
analytical focus to Numis’ risk management 
and financial and corporate operations, driving 
operational performance of the business and 
provides valuable expertise in financial risk 
management. By leveraging Numis’ data and 
enhanced MIS, more accurate corporate 
information is assessed, which helps the Board 
to make better and more informed strategic 
decisions. This focus enables Andrew to make 
a strong contribution to the Board and when 
engaging with investors and other stakeholders. 
Background and career 
Andrew qualified as a chartered accountant 
having spent three years with Deloitte before 
moving into investment banking where he 
spent four years in the UK Corporate Finance 
team at Dresdner Kleinwort. Andrew joined the 
Corporate Broking & Advisory team at Numis 
in 2009 progressing to Managing Director and 
head of the FIG team in 2016. 
Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer
appointed to the Board July 2016 
(appointed Co-chief executive officer 
September 2016)
Ross Mitchinson is Co-CEO of Numis. 
Ross together with Alex is jointly responsible for 
Numis’ strategic development as well as the day-
to-day management of the main trading entity, 
Numis Securities Limited. Ross and Alex 
undertake joint responsibility for overseeing the 
implementation and delivery of the business 
strategy. This is achieved through a combined 
collaborative and open management style for 
the shared purpose of promoting the business for 
the good of staff, shareholders and stakeholders. 
Key strengths 
As a former top-rated Equity Salesperson, Ross 
is an experienced stock market practitioner, 
and is very familiar with the needs and 
requirements of Numis’ institutional client base. 
As Head of Equities, Ross has day-to-day 
oversight responsibility for the Research, Sales, 
Trading, Sales-Trading and Electronic Trading 
functions, as well as being a director of Numis 
Securities Inc.
Ross’ key skills include being highly numerate 
and analytical, holding senior-level relationships 
across our institutional client base, marketing 
our services to win and retain corporate business, 
overseeing trading and risk, and ensuring that 
the business is mindful of relevant regulation 
and works to the highest standards of integrity. 
Ross’ management style and transparent open 
communication approach has contributed 
to building successful, loyal and enduring 
relationships with both clients and staff. Numis 
is proud to embrace and promote these qualities 
that create a healthy and collaborative work 
environment which inspires staff to succeed. 
Background and career
Ross joined Numis in October 2008, was 
appointed Head of Equities in 2015 and 
appointed to the PLC Board in July 2016. Ross 
graduated with a Law degree from Edinburgh 
University, before joining UBS as a Graduate in 
2000. He was part of the No1 rated Pan-European 
Small and Mid-Cap Sales Team for six years, 
before spending two years helping to build a 
UK Institutional Broking business for Kaupthing 
Singer & Friedlander.
Luke Savage 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
appointed to the Board February 2019
(appointed Chairman February 2022)
Luke Savage is the Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman of Numis. Luke joined the Board in 
February 2019 and was appointed Chairman of 
the Board on 8 February 2022
Luke is the independent Non-Executive 
Chairman of Numis, responsible for leading the 
Board, setting the agenda and ensuring the 
Board discharges its role effectively through 
constructive relationships between Executive 
and Non-Executive Board members.
In his role as Chairman, Luke is responsible for 
ensuring that the Board’s decision-making is 
balanced, effective and is composed of the 
right mix of skills and experience. This balance 
promotes a culture of transparency, challenge 
and scrutiny whilst maintaining effective 
communications with shareholders 
and stakeholders. 
Key strengths 
Luke is an experienced practitioner, having 
over 30 years of experience across the financial 
services industry including substantial financial 
management, risk management and regulatory 
expertise as well as operational experience 
across most areas of financial services 
infrastructure. Luke’s extensive experience of the 
financial services industry provides Numis with 
valuable independent challenge and oversight 
skills that complement the range of skills of the 
other Board members.
Background and career 
Luke was CFO of Standard Life Plc (2014-2017), 
CFO of Lloyd’s of London Corporation (2004-
2014) and held senior financial roles at Deutsche 
Bank (2000-2004) and Morgan Stanley (1990-
1999). He was on the governing Council, and 
Treasurer, of Queen Mary, University of London 
and was a Non-Executive Director of Queen 
Mary, University of London Foundation 
(2013-2021) and was a Non-Executive Director 
of Liverpool Victoria Financial Services Limited 
(2020-April 2022). 
Luke is Non-Executive Chairman of Chesnara Plc 
and a Non-Executive Director of DWF Group Plc. 
Committee membership 
N
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 58
Annual Report 2022
Board of Directors

Kathryn Gray 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
appointed to the Board October 2022 
Kathryn Gray is an independent Non-Executive 
Director of Numis and is currently a member of 
the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Nominations 
Committee.
Kathryn will succeed Robert Sutton as Chair 
of the Remuneration at the 2023 annual 
general meeting. 
Key strengths 
Kathryn is an accomplished professional with 
considerable UK and international experience, 
with particular expertise and experience across 
people management and human relations at 
large and growing businesses. Kathryn has held 
a number of senior leadership positions including, 
most recently, as Chief People Officer for Just 
Group Plc, the retirement specialist FTSE 250 
regulated UK financial services group. Kathryn 
was a member of the group’s executive 
committee, supporting the company’s 
remuneration and nominations committees. She 
has an established track-record at board-level, 
particularly across board effectiveness, 
succession and capability planning as well as 
renumeration. Kathryn has extensive experience 
in developing strong relationships at board level 
to help drive execution of the strategy and 
supporting culture. 
Background and career 
Kathryn’s professional experience has been 
gained across a range of industries and 
geographies (US, Europe and Asia) and has 
spanned the chemicals industry (AstraZeneca), 
retail (Tesco), telecoms (Vodafone) and the last 
15 years in financial services with roles at RBS 
and Legal & General. Kathryn’s past directorships 
and partnerships include, Killasser Court 
Management Company Ltd, Greensleeves 
Homes Trust, Whitegates Investments Ltd and 
Whitegates Retirement Home Ltd. 
Kathryn is a member of the Police and National 
Crime Agency Remuneration Review Body.
Committee membership
A  R  N  Re
Catherine James
Independent Non-Executive Director 
appointed to the Board May 2014 
Catherine James is an independent Non-
Executive Director of Numis and Chair of the 
Audit Committee. Catherine is also a member of 
the Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee 
and Nominations Committee.
Catherine is the nominated director to champion 
and lead Numis’ formal employee engagement 
initiative so that Numis better understands and 
ensure staff views are aligned with the culture 
and strategy of the business. 
Key strengths 
Catherine’s broad range of experience and 
influence, across both external and internal 
communications coupled with her strategic 
thinking and financial expertise in the public 
markets, combine to make her a highly regarded 
director and valued contributor to the Board. 
Catherine’s excellent communication skills are 
key as we continue to enhance our employee 
engagement responsibilities. As designated 
workforce employment engagement Non-
Executive Director, she provides the Board with 
valuable insight and understanding of our 
employee sentiment and engagement levels. 
The feedback process provides the Board with 
a unique perspective and insight on the issues 
under discussion and which are important to our 
employees. 
Background and career
Catherine was the Head of Investor Relations 
of Diageo Plc where she worked for the business 
for ten years (1997- 2017). Prior to that Catherine 
worked as Finance Director of Grand 
Metropolitan Estates and IR Director for Grand 
Metropolitan (prior to the merger with Diageo 
in 1997). 
Catherine is Treasurer to The Household of the 
former Prince of Wales. 
Committee membership 
A   R   N   Re
Richard Hennity
Independent Non-Executive Director
appointed to the Board February 2022 
Richard Hennity is an independent Non-
Executive Director of Numis and Chair of the 
Risk Committee. Richard is also a member of the 
Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and 
Nominations Committee. 
Key strengths 
Richard has in-depth knowledge and insight 
drawn from a wide variety of financial services 
roles, making him well placed to oversee Numis’ 
robust risk management framework, with 
appropriate independent review and challenge, 
as well as actively contributing to our company 
strategy. Richard’s multi-faceted career working 
in a number of different countries, has given him 
a holistic understanding of both front and back 
office operations and has enabled him to drive 
transformational strategies, embedding best 
practice processes, systems and controls that 
deliver positive change, robust governance and 
sustainable growth.
Background and career 
Richard is currently the Chief Legal and Risk 
officer at Flutter International. Prior to this, he 
worked at HSBC for over 20 years in a number of 
roles in finance, legal and risk, and was a board 
director on several of HSBC’s main entities. 
Richard qualified as a UK lawyer in 1995.
Committee membership 
R  A  N  Re
Robert Sutton 
Independent Non-Executive Director
appointed to the Board May 2014
Robert Sutton is an independent Non-Executive 
Director of Numis and chairs the Remuneration 
Committee. Robert is also a member of the Audit 
Committee, Risk Committee and the 
Nominations Committee. 
Key strengths 
Robert has extensive management experience 
and expertise in company and commercial law, 
particularly in the area of corporate finance, 
securities law and practice, takeover bids and 
mergers and acquisitions. Robert’s keen sense of 
challenge and his analytical understanding of 
the regulatory and corporate governance 
environment combined with his comprehensive 
knowledge of legal process, provides valuable 
guidance to the Board and its Committees. 
Background and career 
Robert was a solicitor with the City Law firm 
Macfarlanes from 1979 to 2013, serving as senior 
partner from 1999 to 2008. Robert is Chairman of 
Tulchan Communcations LLP and a Non-
Executive Director of Tulchan Communications 
Group Limited and Ballintober Limited. 
Committee membership 
Re  A  R  N
Committees key
N  	Nominations
A  	Audit
R  	Risk
Re  	Remuneration
	Chairman
	Member
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 59
Annual Report 2022
Board of Directors

Dear shareholder
For the first time as Chairman, I am pleased 
to present the Board’s Governance report 
for the year ended 30 September 2022.
Following a sustained period of supportive 
markets, the first half of the year featured 
growing investor caution culminating in an 
effective closure of global capital markets 
during the initial stages of the war in 
Ukraine. Macro events continued to 
overshadow markets in the second half 
of the year. 
In this challeging environment, a strong 
corporate governance framework provides 
the foundations for Numis to achieve its 
ambitions for sustainable growth and 
shareholder value whilst also reducing or 
mitigating risk. I am very grateful to my 
Board colleagues and, in particular, to 
the executive leadership team, for their 
continued commitment and dedication to 
these values. Promoting confidence and 
trust with shareholders, stakeholders 
and staff has been key during these 
unprecedented times when extraordinary 
stresses and challenges, both at home and 
globally, have brought about uncertainty 
leading to volatile and unstable 
market conditions. 
However, during this challenging year, 
we continued to develop our governance 
structures and our business.
Succession
In February 2022, Alan Carruthers stepped 
down as Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman of the Board. As your new 
Chairman, I have spent the initial months 
of my tenure immersing myself further in the 
culture and strategy of the Group, and am 
fully committed to seeing this strategy 
realised going forward. 
Alan led the Board for five years over 
a period of extensive change for the 
business, and on behalf of the Board I 
would like to thank him for his leadership 
and commitment to governance.
We appointed Richard Hennity to the 
Board as an independent non-executive 
director in February 2022. Richard has 
brought considerable industry experience 
to the Board, and has a particular 
expertise in executing complex, 
transformational strategies within 
regulated markets.
We also welcomed Kathryn Gray to the 
Board as an independent non-executive 
director in October 2022. Kathryn has 
expertise in remuneration, business 
transformation and strategy, and talent 
and leadership capability gained across 
a range of industries and geographies. 
Additionally, and subject to FCA 
approval, Kathryn will become Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee, when 
current Non-Executive Director, Robert 
Sutton, retires at Numis’ 2023 annual 
general meeting. 
Please see pages 58-59 for a full list of 
the biographies, skills and experience of 
the Board. Further details of the Board 
changes, search and appointment 
processes and succession planning can 
be found in the Nominations Committee 
report from page 66.
This year we also separated the role of 
Company Secretary from that of Finance 
Director as part of the continuing evolution 
of our governance structures. I would like 
to thank Andrew Holloway for his work as 
Company Secretary in previous years, 
and am pleased to welcome Rose-Marie 
Sexton, previously our Assistant Company 
Secretary, to the role.
Numis Europe Limited
During 2022 we were excited to open 
our new Dublin office; as set out in the 
Strategic report, this new subsidiary 
represents an important step in our 
European and global ambitions.
Numis Europe Limited (NEL) received its 
licence from the Central Bank of Ireland 
in June. The incorporation of this new 
regulated Group entity required the 
Board to review our governance and 
risk structures to ensure they remained 
appropriate. The board of NEL is 
comprised of the independent non-
executive Chairman, an independent non-
executive director, two executive directors 
with extensive expertise in the Irish market 
and the Numis Group non-executive 
director. I look forward to working with 
them, and especially with the Chairman 
Brian Healy, going forward.	
“
Promoting confidence and 
trust with shareholders, 
stakeholders and staff has 
been key to delivering on 
our responsibility to create 
sustainable growth and 
shareholder value.”
Luke Savage
Chairman
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 60
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

ESG and governance
This year, as set out in the ESG section of 
the Strategic report, we also developed 
and formalised our ESG strategy and 
governance structures. ESG issues are 
playing an ever-larger role in our business, 
as they are of increasing materiality to 
clients, shareholders, employees, suppliers 
and regulators.
The terms of reference of the Board and 
the Risk Committee were updated in order 
to further embed environmental, social and 
governance considerations into our 
decision-making and risk assessments. 
These can be found on our website at  
www.numis.com.
Implementation of the Numis ESG strategy 
and the Numis ESG mission statement is 
now spearheaded by the ESG Executive 
Committee, which provides updates to the 
Board of progress against ESG our KPIs 
and to the Risk Committee of potential 
ESG risks ahead of each meeting. 
See ESG: Responsible governance 
and ethical business practices for 
more information on pages 42-43.
Stakeholder engagement
A priority for the Board this year has 
continued to be stakeholder engagement. 
Further detail on the Board’s employee 
engagement is set out below. Page 36 
of the Strategic report highlights how the 
Board has considered and engaged with 
shareholders and stakeholders during this 
financial year. In addition, environmental 
and community matters were also key 
areas of importance to the Group. 
For examples of these, see ESG: Building 
our footprint in, and relationship with, our 
community on page 44.
Diversity and inclusion – the Inclusive 
Numis Network
The Board was also pleased to sponsor 
the employee-led Inclusive Numis Network 
(INN). A discussion and learning group 
open to everyone at Numis, INN addresses 
challenges and opportunities around 
diversity and inclusivity to encourage 
dialogue across the firm. More detail 
on INN and its events can be found 
on page 15 of the Strategic report.
Dividend and share buybacks
In light of continuing macro headwinds, the 
Board carefully considered the suitability 
of the Company’s current programme of 
dividends and share buybacks. Given the 
strength of the balance sheet, the Board 
determined that the existing programmes 
remained appropriate.
Luke Savage
Chairman
7 December 2022
Compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies 
2018 (the ‘QCA Code’)
The Board of Directors continues to adhere to and measures itself against the principles of the QCA 
Code. The Board believes that it complied in full with all of the principles of the QCA Code this year.
QCA principle
Disclosure
Deliver growth
1.
Establish a strategy and business model which 
promotes long-term value for shareholders
See ‘Business model’
2.
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs 
and expectations
See ‘Stakeholder engagement 
and Section 172’, ‘Corporate 
Governance report’
3. Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-
term success
See ‘Business model’, ‘Stakeholder 
engagement and Section 172’
4. Embed effective risk management, considering
both opportunities and threats, throughout 
the organisation
See ‘Corporate Governance 
report: Risk management and 
internal control’
Maintain a dynamic management framework
5.
Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the Chairman
See ‘Corporate Governance report’
6.
Ensure that between them the directors have
the necessary up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities
See ‘Board of Directors’, 
‘Corporate Governance report’
7.
Evaluate Board performance based on clear and 
relevant objectives; seek continuous improvement
See ‘Nominations Committee report: 
Board evaluation’
8.
Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical
values and behaviours
See ‘Corporate Governance report’
9.
Maintain governance structures and processes that
are fit for purpose and support good decision-
making by the Board
See ‘Corporate Governance report’
Build trust
10. Communicate how the Company is governed
and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders
See ‘Corporate Governance report’, 
‘Nominations Committee report’, 
‘Audit Committee report’, ‘Risk 
Committee report’, ‘Remuneration 
Committee report’
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 61
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

Role of the Board
The Board has collective responsibility for 
promoting the long-term success of the 
Group and setting and executing strategy. 
It is also responsible for establishing Numis’ 
values, promoting its culture, overseeing its 
conduct and for promoting the success of 
the Company for the benefit of its 
members and stakeholders. 
Day-to-day management of the 
Company’s business is delegated to the 
executive directors, with the Board 
retaining responsibility for overseeing, 
guiding, and holding management to 
account. All key operational and 
investment decisions are subject to Board 
approval; a full list of Board reserved 
matters is available on the Company’s 
website www.numis.com.
The Board has also delegated some of its 
responsibilities to its Audit Committee, Risk 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and 
Nominations Committee. Each Committee 
has appropriate terms of reference, which 
have been approved by the Board. These 
can be found on the Company’s website 
www.numis.com.
As noted below and in our Strategic report, 
stakeholder engagement is also central to 
the Board’s wider duties. 
Our values and culture
The Board believes that the Numis culture 
is a key strength of the business, showing 
through in employee engagement, 
retention and productivity. Our values of 
partnership, excellence, dynamism and 
creativity underpin our culture, are 
approved by the Board and are at the 
core of our strategy.
To remain relevant, successful and 
sustainable, the Group must demonstrate 
the highest possible standards of ethical 
conduct; the conduct and behaviour of our 
people is as important as the products and 
services we provide.
The Board sets this tone from the top, 
actively promoting and exemplifying the 
Numis culture and endorsing the values 
expected from all employees. Board 
leadership is particularly important in the 
areas of ethics and compliance and 
ensuring a culture of honesty, trust and 
integrity is embedded in the fabric of the 
business through the behaviours of staff 
and relations with stakeholders.
The Board works with senior management 
to implement this culture to ensure long-
term value creation for the Group and that 
ethical business standards are integrated 
into the Group’s strategies and operations.
For more information see page 42.
Shareholder engagement
Engaging with shareholders is key to our 
success as a business and our aim to 
create long-term sustainable shareholder 
value. Shareholder engagement by 
executive and non-executive directors is 
set out on page 36 of the Strategic report.
Employee engagement
Our people are our greatest asset and 
critical to the long-term success of the 
business. Engaging with employees at all 
levels and understanding their needs 
enables the Board to ensure that we 
retain and develop the best talent across 
the Group. 
Employee engagement helps the Board 
ensure that the Group’s culture is well 
embedded in the business and continues to 
be aligned to Numis’ purpose and strategy.
As set out in our Section 172 statement, 
on page 37 of the Strategic report, 
Catherine James, Non-Executive Director, 
continued her important and valuable role 
as champion for employee engagement. 
In this role, Catherine has championed a 
new programme of employee engagement, 
consisting of a series of non-executive 
director-employee breakfasts. These 
informal roundtables provided the 
directors in attendance with insight into 
employees’ views and feedback was 
reported to the Board throughout the year. 
A number of key themes emerged from 
these conversations, including the 
importance of hybrid working, conduct 
and culture, reward, and diversity and 
inclusion. Management is considering 
new, sustainable staff benefits for 2023 
and considering how to best implement 
reporting around ethnic diversity.
As set out above, the Board also engaged 
with its employees through sponsorship of 
the INN. 
The effectiveness of our employee 
engagement mechanisms is subject to 
regular Board evaluation, to review our 
progress, improve oversight and ensure 
employees’ views are integrated into the 
work of the Board and the strategy of the 
business while supporting our employees’ 
wellbeing. For more information, see the 
stakeholder engagement and Section 172 
statement section of our Strategic report.
Key agenda items discussed by the Board 
Some of the key strategic priorities and 
routine matters discussed at Board 
meetings this year include:
•	Agreeing the strategy, governance, 
culture and risk appetite structure and 
framework for the Group. 
•	Launch of NEL and agreeing 
governance and risk structure 
and framework.
•	Enhancing staff engagement strategy.
•	Approving recommendations from each 
of the Committees.
•	Approving director appointments.
•	Group insurance.
•	Buyback policy.
•	Dividend policy. 
•	Tax Strategy.
•	ESG strategy.
•	Brand strategy and refresh.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 62
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

Board composition
The Board comprises the Chairman, four 
independent non-executive directors and 
three executive directors. Their respective 
roles are strictly delineated:
•	The Chairman leads and oversees the 
Board, ensuring that its decision-making 
is balanced, effective and is composed 
of the right mix of skills and experience. 
The Chairman is also responsible for 
promoting a Board culture of constructive 
challenge, openness and scrutiny, whilst 
ensuring adherence to good governance 
and performance is maintained.
•	The independent non-executive directors 
assess, challenge and monitor the 
executive directors’ delivery of strategy, 
and review the integrity of the Company’s 
financial information, recommend 
appropriate succession plans, monitor 
Board diversity and set the directors’ 
remuneration. 
•	The executive directors are responsible 
for the business operations of the Group 
and implementing the strategy of the 
Board, execution of that strategy and 
managing the day-to-day business 
activities of the Company.
In addition, the Company Secretary assists 
the Board and the Committees in ensuring 
good governance, effective meetings and 
legal and regulatory compliance.
Director independence
The Board reviews the independence of its 
non-executive directors as part of its 
annual Board review. This year, the Board 
considered in particular the tenure of 
Catherine James and Robert Sutton (both 
having served eight years) and determined 
that they remained independent. Their 
respective roles and experience are an 
important constant during the Chairman 
transition period, however, they have each 
advised the Board of their intention to 
retire in 2023 (for more information see 
our Nominations Committee report).
The Chairman was considered to be 
independent on appointment. 
Conflicts of interest 
The Company has procedures in place for 
managing conflicts of interest. Should a 
director become aware that they, or any 
other of their connected parties, have an 
interest in an existing or proposed 
transaction with Numis, they should notify 
the Board in writing. Internal controls are 
in place to ensure that any related party 
transaction involving directors, or their 
connected parties, are conducted on 
an arm’s length basis. Directors have a 
continuing duty to update any changes 
to these conflicts.
At the start of each Board meeting, all 
directors are invited to advise of any 
conflicts or potential conflicts in respect 
of any items on that meeting’s agenda. 
No conflicts of interest were reported 
throughout the year. 
The Board believes that there are no 
ongoing or situational relationships, 
conflicts of interest or other circumstances 
that are likely to affect, or could appear to 
affect, any director’s judgement. 
Terms of appointment to the Board
The Company maintains clear records of 
each director’s terms of service, and one 
third of all directors must submit 
themselves for re-election at each annual 
general meeting. The executive directors 
are engaged full time on rolling one-year 
contracts, and the non-executive directors 
are expected to devote sufficient time to 
the Company’s affairs to fulfil their 
responsibilities and duties as statutory 
directors, and provide a minimum time 
commitment of 25 days per annum to the 
business. The Board is satisfied that each 
of the directors is able to allocate sufficient 
time to the Company to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively. 
Board meetings and process
All directors are required to attend each 
scheduled Board and Committee meeting. 
The Board has a schedule of seven 
meetings a year to discuss the Group’s 
ordinary course of business in accordance 
with a detailed annual agenda developed 
by the Chairman and the Company 
Secretary and agreed by the Board. 
Individual meeting attendance in 2022 
is set out on page 65. 
Additional ad hoc meetings were held 
as and when required. Non-executive 
directors also held meetings without the 
executive directors present to discuss 
the performance of the executive 
management team, amongst other 
matters, as required. 
All directors are properly briefed to enable 
them to discharge their duties via regular 
update calls, the provision of detailed 
management accounts, Board papers and 
Board packs, which are distributed several 
days in advance of formal scheduled 
meetings. Each meeting had a planned 
agenda of business for consideration 
and discussion. 
Non-executive directors also attend, by 
invitation and on a rotational basis, the 
board meetings of the main Group trading 
entity, Numis Securities Limited (NSL). There 
were seven formal meetings of the NSL 
board during the financial year and most 
meetings had a non-executive director in 
attendance. By attending these meetings, 
non-executive directors gain valuable 
insights into the workings of the subsidiary 
board and an understanding of the day-to-
day business and operational challenges 
faced by the executives.
Board diversity
The Company embraces diversity and 
is dedicated to encouraging inclusion. 
The Board membership is comprised of 
individuals who have a wide range of 
diverse experience and skills, and each 
brings a unique perspective to debate at 
Board level. While the Board does not have 
a formal board diversity policy, diversity 
considerations are a key aspect of 
appointment decisions, and we are 
pleased to see the results of this in recent 
director and senior management 
appointments (see the Nominations 
Committee report for more details).
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 63
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

Director training
All directors receive regular updates and 
training on legal, regulatory and 
governance issues. External advisers and 
legal counsel present to the Board as 
required on thematic topics, providing 
training that is relevant to the business and 
to keep them abreast with developments of 
governance and AIM regulations.
All directors have access to the Company’s 
nomad, Company Secretary, lawyers and 
auditors (internal and external), and are 
able to obtain independent advice from 
other external professionals as and when 
required. Internal and external training and 
development programmes have been 
designed and tailored to the specific 
requirements of the directors to enhance 
their existing skills and are periodically 
revised to ensure training remains current 
and relevant. In addition, there are regular 
‘deep dives’ from across the business at 
Board and Committee level to ensure the 
directors’ understanding of the operational 
aspects and challenges faced by the 
business remains current.
Where necessary, the Company facilitates 
non-executive directors obtaining 
specialist external advice from 
appropriate advisers.
Whistleblowing
Numis has a whistleblowing policy, which 
is reviewed periodically. Employees may 
report in confidence, and anonymously if 
preferred, any concerns they may have 
about suspected impropriety or 
wrongdoing in any matters affecting the 
business. Catherine James is the Board’s 
designated whistleblowing champion. No 
matters were reported during the year.
Risk management and internal control
The Board is ultimately responsible for 
maintaining the Group’s risk framework 
and system of internal control and for 
reviewing its effectiveness. The system of 
internal control is designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives; as such, it can 
provide only reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss.
In addition, the Group has a fully 
independent, outsourced internal audit 
function (KPMG LLP), which reports 
into the Audit and Risk Committees. 
This independent third-party approach 
provides further assurances over the 
adequacy and effectiveness of the systems 
of internal control throughout the business, 
and ensures that the Group’s approach 
to continuous improvement in its internal 
control and management framework 
is maintained.
Governance going forward
Going forward, the Board will continue 
to develop the Group’s governance 
framework by improving governance and 
oversight processes. The engagement of 
new non-executive directors with a fresh 
perspective will also assist in refining how 
the Group channels its focus, process and 
systems, and resource in these areas.
This report was approved by the Board 
on 7 December 2022 and signed on its 
behalf by:
Luke Savage
Chairman
7 December 2022
Focus areas for 2023
Strategy
•	Considering 
opportunities 
beyond the UK
•	ESG
•	Private markets 
expansion
Governance
•	Succession
•	Non-executive 
director recruitment
•	Staff engagement
Financial
•	Ongoing review 
of dividend and 
buyback strategy
•	Consideration of 
investment portfolio 
transactions
Remuneration
•	Upcoming regulatory 
changes
•	Allocation of variable 
compensation
•	Market backdrop 
across investment 
banking sector
Board
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 64
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

Composition of the Board and Committees of the Board 2022
Position
Board
Committee membership
At 30 September 2022
or retirement if earlier
Maximum
possible
attendance
Meetings
attended
Nominations
Committee
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Considered
Independent
Alan Carruthers**
Chairman (Non-Executive)
2
2
✓
Luke Savage
Chairman (Non-Executive)
7
7
* ✓
✓
Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer
7
7
Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officer
7
7
Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer
7
7
Kathryn Gray****
Non-Executive Director
N/A
N/A
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Richard Hennity***
Non-Executive Director
4
4
✓
✓
*✓
✓
✓
Catherine James
Non-Executive Director
7
7
✓
*✓
✓
✓
✓
Robert Sutton
Non-Executive Director
7
7
✓
✓
✓
*✓
✓
* 
Chair
**	
Retired in February 2022
***	
Appointed in February 2022
****	 Appointed in October 2022
Governance framework
Board
Accountable to shareholders for 
sustainable financial performance 
and long-term shareholder value
Internal Audit
Function
Co-Chief
Executive 
Officers
Nominations
Committee
Audit
Committee
Risk 
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
The Board delegates responsibility to four principal Committees
Committees of the Board
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is an 
independent Committee of the Board 
of Directors responsible for the overall 
financial reporting of the Company 
and the Group (see pages 70-73). 
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee is an 
independent Committee of the Board 
of Directors that has responsibility for 
the risk framework, internal control 
environment and for assessing the 
appropriateness of the risks that the 
Group proposes to take in executing 
its strategy (see pages 74-76).
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee reviews 
the compensation decisions made in 
respect of all other senior executives 
and those members of staff who are 
designated as Code Staff under the 
FCA’s Remuneration Code regulations 
(see pages 77-85).
Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee 
considers appointments to the Board 
and to the subsidiary Board and 
meets as necessary to consider wider 
succession initiatives and succession 
planning across the business (see 
pages 66-69).
Each Committee reviewed and 
updated its terms of reference as 
required during the year to ensure 
they remain fit for purpose at 
this time.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 65
Annual Report 2022
Corporate Governance report and Statement of Compliance 2022

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nominations 
Committee report for the year ended 
30 September 2022, summarising how 
the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities during a busy year 
of activity.
Having the right balance on the Board 
and its Committees helps to ensure that 
those bodies discharge their respective 
duties and responsibilities effectively 
and deliver long-term shareholder 
value. The Committee believes diversity, 
together with the right blend of skills and 
experience, is an essential element of an 
effective Board and facilitates efficient 
and entrepreneurial management that can 
deliver stakeholder and shareholder value.
Committee activities in 2022
In 2022, the Committee was primarily 
focused on Board composition and 
succession planning, and recruitment for 
the Company, Numis Securities Limited 
(NSL) and the new European subsidiary, 
Numis Europe Limited (NEL). Senior 
management succession and recruitment 
for the Group and, in particular, NSL and 
NEL were areas of high priority. In addition, 
the Committee reviewed the procedures 
for nominating, inducting and evaluating 
directors and revised the Board 
skills matrix.
In February 2022, I was appointed as 
Chairman of the Board, Richard Hennity 
was appointed as Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Risk Committee 
and Catherine James was appointed 
as Chair of the Audit Committee. 
Effective from 3 October 2022, we 
also welcomed Kathryn Gray as a 
non‑executive director and Chair-
designate of the Remuneration Committee. 
In July 2022, Rose-Marie Sexton was 
appointed as Company Secretary. In May, 
Simon Bowler was appointed Head of 
Research and appointed as a director-
designate of NSL, and in October 2022, 
Stephanie Johnston was appointed as 
General Counsel and a director-designate 
of NSL (both director appointments subject 
to FCA authorisation). 
The search for statutory directors of NEL 
(as set out in our 2021 Annual Report, page 
88) culminated in the appointment of CEO 
Garret Ward and CFO and COO Michael 
Byrne in January 2022. Non-Executive 
Chairman Brian Healy joined NEL in 
January 2022 and independent 
non‑executive director Lesley Williams in 
July 2022. Ross Mitchinson, Group Co-CEO, 
was appointed Group Non-Executive 
Director. Each NEL director attended 
induction in our London office.
The Committee was pleased to see the 
effects of our gender diversity strategy, 
recruiting a number of new female senior 
managers. We were also delighted to 
promote internal talent for a number of 
senior management roles, demonstrating 
the strength of our internal 
succession pipeline.
Non-executive director appointment
In respect of the non-executive director 
appointments, in accordance with our 
transparent Board appointments 
procedure (set out on page 68), the 
Committee commenced a robust detailed 
recruitment and selection process. The 
Committee worked closely with executive 
search agencies Odgers Berndtson 
(Richard Hennity) and McLean Partners 
(Kathryn Gray), each a signatory to the 
Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive 
Search Firms, to compile long and shortlists 
of candidates from various backgrounds 
and industries for each role. Candidates 
were identified, interviewed and measured 
against predetermined criteria, which in 
particular focused on the skills required for 
effective Chairs of the Risk Committee and 
Remuneration Committee. The potential 
candidates’ profiles were mapped against 
the Board skill matrix. Members of the 
Committee met individually with the 
shortlisted candidates and all the 
Board members met with the 
preferred candidates.
Luke Savage
Chair – Nominations Committee
Director
Attendance
Luke Savage (Chair)
4/4 
Alan Carruthers*
2/2 
Kathryn Gray***
N/A 
Richard Hennity**
2/2 
Catherine James
4/4 
Robert Sutton
4/4 
*	 Member until February 2022
** 	Member from February 2022
***	Member from October 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 66
Annual Report 2022
Nominations Committee report

Director development and support
The Board and its main Committees 
receive regular updates on legal, 
regulatory and governance issues 
throughout the year and there is a regular 
flow of information to the Board to keep 
directors up to date with the business. 
The Board and its Committees each 
have access to independent advice 
at the Company’s expense.
The Chairman has overall responsibility for 
ensuring directors continually update the 
skills and knowledge, and familiarity with 
the Company needed to fulfil their role. 
Each of the directors is, however, also 
personally responsible for ensuring that 
any specialist skills and competencies they 
have remain current. Individual training 
needs are identified each year as part of 
the annual Board evaluation process and 
training is provided as required.
Re-election of directors 
Each year, one-third of all directors must 
submit themselves for re-election at the 
Company’s annual general meeting in 
accordance with the Company’s Articles of 
Association. The Committee considered 
the results of the individual director 
evaluations in determining whether to 
recommend re-election. It is pleased to 
support all directors who are standing for 
re-election in 2023. 
Succession planning
Succession planning for the Board, and 
more broadly for key senior roles across the 
business, remains key in Numis’ strategic 
ambitions to drive the benefits of a diverse 
Board, senior management team and a 
wider and more inclusive workforce.
Robert Sutton has advised the Board of his 
intention to retire at the 2023 annual 
general meeting. Kathryn Gray has been 
appointed as Remuneration Committee 
Chair-designate and will succeed 
Robert Sutton as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. 
Additionally, Catherine James has 
informed the Board that she will be retiring 
from the Board and as Chair of the Audit 
Committee in 2023. A search for her 
replacement has commenced. 
Priorities for 2023
Key focus areas for the Committee in 
2023 include:
•	Review of the Group talent and 
hiring strategy.
•	Internal talent development 
and retention.
•	Succession strategy.
Luke Savage
Chair – Nominations Committee
7 December 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 67
Annual Report 2022
Nominations Committee report

Committee role and membership 
The Nominations Committee is 
responsible for reviewing Board 
composition and diversity, 
proposing new Board 
appointments and monitoring the 
Board’s succession plans. A list of 
the key responsibilities of the 
Committee is set out below.
The Committee consists of 
independent non-executive 
directors. The Chairman of the 
Board is also the Chair of the 
Committee, and the Company 
Secretary acts as the Secretary of 
the Committee. On invitation, the 
Co-CEOs, CFO and Head of HR 
also attend meetings, but they are 
not involved in decisions relating to 
their own succession.
Committee meetings
During the financial year, the 
Committee met formally four times 
and informally on a number of 
occasions to opine on candidates 
recommended by management for 
key roles. 
A report on the Nominations 
Committee meetings and activities 
is provided to the Board at each 
scheduled meeting of the Board.
Key responsibilities and role 
of the Committee
Key responsibilities of the 
Committee are summarised below:
•	Reviewing the leadership 
and succession needs of the 
organisation and ensuring that 
appropriate procedures are in 
place for nominating, inducting 
and evaluating directors.
•	Ensuring that the Group’s 
governance facilitates the 
appointment and development of 
effective management that can 
deliver shareholder value over the 
longer term.
•	Reviewing the balance, skill, 
composition in terms of 
competency, skills, experience, 
background, independence 
and diversity of directors under 
regular review in response to 
changing business needs.
•	Making recommendations to the 
Board as necessary in relation 
to succession planning at Board 
level and overseeing succession 
planning processes for the Board 
and senior management.
•	Supporting and challenging 
senior management development 
and succession plans to ensure 
the executive team is equipped 
to oversee governance, financial 
controls and risk management 
that are aligned to the 
business strategy.
•	Identifying the particular 
competency and experience 
base required for a specific Board 
appointment and conduct the 
search and selection process 
adhering to the formal Board 
appointments procedure, 
ensuring that there is a formal, 
rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointments.
•	Making recommendations to 
the Board on all proposed new 
appointments to the Board, 
elections and re-elections of 
directors at annual general 
meetings, assessing and making 
recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the independence of 
all directors.
•	Board and Committee 
performance – monitoring the 
Board performance review 
process; overseeing any 
remedial action required as a 
result of the Board performance 
evaluation process concerning 
the composition of the Board and 
its Committees.
•	Considering various governance 
matters, including compliance 
with the UK QCA Corporate 
Governance Code, the UK Senior 
Managers and Certification 
Regime and/or other relevant 
regulatory regimes.
Director succession and induction process
Search
Induction
The Chair leads the Committee to develop a specification, 
using a talent skills and competence, expertise matrix to 
reflect the attributes and skill required to undertake the role. 
The candidate brief is then placed with an executive search 
agency who must be a signatory to the Voluntary Code of 
Conduct for Executive Search Firms.
The executive search agency reviews the criteria, skills and 
expertise required for the position and identifies candidates 
and provides a list for the Committee to opine on.
The Chairman identifies a shortlist of candidates 
following feedback from Committee members.
Candidates are interviewed by Committee and 
Board members to assess their experience, skills and 
personal attributes.
A candidate is recommended for appointment.
On joining the Board, the new directors received a 
comprehensive induction, involving meetings with senior 
employees and the external advisers. Directors are provided 
with support to meet and understand their statutory duties 
and embedding an understanding of Numis’ strategic 
priorities, culture and ambitions.
Review 
Identify 
Access 
Recommend 
and appoint 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 68
Annual Report 2022
Nominations Committee report

Board evaluation
In 2022, the annual evaluation of the 
performance of the Board, its Committees 
and its directors took place from March to 
May, in line with the Committee’s Terms of 
Reference. The evaluation was conducted 
internally, with the assistance of the 
internal auditor and the General Counsel.
Prior to the review, the Committee 
considered the potential benefits of an 
external review, but determined that the 
overall benefit versus the cost is not 
appropriate for the Company at this time. 
The Board and its Committees continue 
to function well, with skills, balance and 
effectiveness all scoring high in the 
evaluation. Therefore, the Committee 
decided to conduct the evaluation 
internally, and will continue to regularly 
consider the benefits of an externally 
conducted evaluation and feedback its 
recommendations to the Board.
Evaluation process
The evaluation process includes a written 
questionnaire that was designed by the 
Company Secretary in conjunction with 
the internal auditors and General Counsel 
taking into account regulatory guidance, 
Board effectiveness and consisting of both 
qualitative and quantitative questions. 
The review assesses the effectiveness of all 
aspects of the Board and of its Committees 
and includes composition, experience, 
dynamics, the Chairman’s leadership, and 
the Board’s role and responsibilities in 
connection with strategy, oversight of 
risk and succession planning. The 
questionnaires are circulated to each 
Board member for completion and 
returned to the Company Secretary 
for collation. A summary report of the 
feedback with scoring is prepared and 
delivered to the Chairman.
In addition, confidential one-to-one 
interviews are held between the Chairman 
and each director. During these interviews 
and when completing questionnaires, 
directors are encouraged to provide 
feedback on their individual performance, 
as well as on the other members of the 
Board and their individual effectiveness.
The Chairman is responsible for assessing 
the feedback and reporting his findings to 
the Board. The outcomes and principal 
findings are discussed with the Board at a 
formal meeting and, where appropriate, an 
action list of objectives, targets and 
aspirations for the coming year is collated 
in order that the Board can measure its 
effectiveness in achieving those targets 
throughout the year. The performance of 
each Co-chief executive officer is 
appraised annually by the Chairman and 
the performance of the CFO is appraised 
annually by the Co-chief executive officers. 
Outside the formal evaluation process, the 
Chairman also assesses the individual 
contribution of each of the members of the 
Board on an ongoing basis to ensure that 
their contribution is relevant and effective, 
that each director remains committed and 
aligned to the business strategy and its 
corporate values and, where relevant, that 
they maintain their independence.
Board evaluation results
The internal evaluation supported the 
overall view that the Board and all of its 
Committees continue to operate in a 
constructive and dynamic way, which is 
collaborative and effective, demonstrating 
a passion for the business that is innovative 
and entrepreneurial.
The findings of the evaluation confirmed 
that the Committees of the Board continue 
to operate effectively, have the right 
balance of requisite skills, experience and 
knowledge, diversity of gender, social, 
cognitive and personal strengths to 
provide an appropriate level of 
constructive challenge to facilitate the 
Board and business to achieve its strategy. 
Additionally, each member of each 
Committee continues to devote the 
appropriate time requirements for 
unscheduled meetings to support
key Board and senior management 
appointments during the year.
Some of the main themes and 
recommendations resulting from 
the Board evaluation include:
•	After an extended period of Board 
attention on operational considerations, 
the Board’s focus should be re-oriented 
on mid- to long-term strategy articulation 
and implementation.
•	A renewed focus on non-executive 
director and Group senior management 
succession planning.
•	More regular updates on major 
shareholders and stakeholder 
considerations.
•	Board and Committee papers to be 
more concise with consistency in style 
and format.
During Q4, the Board measured progress 
against the above recommendations 
and was pleased to, in particular, see 
development in the area of Board and 
senior management succession (see 
page 66). It will continue to assess its 
effectiveness in implementing new 
processes to achieve the desired targets.
Committee effectiveness
The Committee’s effectiveness was 
assessed as part of the Board evaluation. 
The findings of the evaluation confirmed 
that the Committee continued to operate 
effectively and is comprised of members 
with the appropriate skills and knowledge 
for their roles.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 69
Annual Report 2022
Nominations Committee report

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee, I am 
pleased to present the Committee’s report 
for the year ended 30 September 2022, 
outlining how the Committee discharged 
its responsibilities during the year.
This year, the Committee has continued to 
work closely with other Board committees 
in respect of relevant issues affecting the 
business, especially in the areas of 
operational risk, control developments, 
strategic developments and the 
assessment of external impacts on 
our business.
As incoming Chair of the Committee 
I held meetings during the year with the 
representatives from both our internal and 
external audit firms without management 
present. This direct access created a 
discussion forum where any concerns of 
the Committee could be raised outside of 
the formal meetings of the Committee.
Committee activities in 2022 
The Committee received regular updates 
from the Group Finance function on 
significant financial accounting, reporting 
and disclosure matters including new 
disclosures, and oversaw the 
implementation of a new financial 
reporting and analysis solution. It kept up 
to date with regulatory developments and 
their impact on the Group with regular 
briefings from management and external 
advisers, including in relation to the BEIS 
Report on Restoring Trust in Audit.
Specific areas of focus for the Committee 
this year included:
•	Tax Governance and Tax strategy. The 
growth in Numis’ turnover above £200m 
had triggered specific obligations in 
respect of a number of ‘large business’ 
tax governance regimes in the UK. These 
obligations include complying with the 
Senior Accounting Officer regime, the 
requirement to publish a Tax Strategy, 
and the notification of uncertain Tax 
Treatments. The Committee oversaw and 
developed the high level Tax Strategy 
and Tax Policy adopted by the Group, 
which articulates Numis’ tax governance 
and control framework. In adhering to 
these tax governance regulatory regimes, 
Numis has ensured it has appropriate 
and proportionate governance, systems, 
and processes in place to monitor 
and improve visibility, oversight and 
assessment of tax risk and compliance. A 
copy of Numis’ Tax Policy is available on 
the Company’s website www.numis.com. 
•	Capital Reduction. The Committee 
oversaw a capital reduction to rectify 
historic distributions and unlawful 
buybacks. The capital reduction was 
approved by shareholders at the annual 
general meeting held on 8 February 2022.
•	Financial Reporting Council (FRC) – 
Review Letter. For the first time, Numis’ 
2021 Annual Report was reviewed by 
the FRC. The FRC letter contained 
observations rather than any substantive 
comments. The Committee welcomed the 
positive outcome.
In additon, the Committee continued 
to monitor the integrity of the Group’s 
financial reporting and the financial 
information contained in the interim and 
annual financial statements with focus on 
key accounting policies, appropriateness 
and any changes to the accounting 
policies of the Group, including any 
judgements and estimates and financial 
controls framework.
The Committee conducted regular reviews 
of the scope of the external and internal 
audits and agreed key areas of focus with 
the respective audit teams pursuant to the 
Internal Audit Plan, the Internal Audit 
Charter and the External Audit Plan.
The external audit was designed to 
constructively challenge management, 
for the benefit of the Audit Committee 
and the shareholders. The External Audit 
Plan included an analysis of External 
Auditor PwC’s assessment of significant 
audit risks and audit strategy to focus on 
areas requiring special audit attention. The 
level of testing undertaken for this year’s 
audit was specifically tailored to each risk, 
product and process, and varied 
depending on materiality and risk. 
Catherine James
Chair – Audit Committee
Director
Attendance
Richard Hennity*
2/2
Catherine James
4/4 
Robert Sutton
4/4
Luke Savage**
2/2 
Kathryn Gray***
N/A
*	
Member from February 2022
** 	 Member until February 2022
***	 Member from October 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 70
Annual Report 2022
Audit Committee report

Auditor appointment and tenure
PwC has provided external audit services 
to the Group since 2005. The external 
audit partner changes every five years in 
accordance with professional guidance. 
The lead external audit partner, 
Mr M Wallace, has led the PwC team since 
2020. There are no contractual obligations 
restricting the choice of external auditors.
External audit effectiveness
Each year the Committee considers the 
appointment, remuneration and work of 
the Group’s external and internal auditors, 
and whether audit firm rotation is required. 
The Committee also monitors the Group’s 
policy on external audit, and this year 
evaluated and reviewed the independence 
and effectiveness of PwC in its role. 
No material issues were raised and the 
Committee was able to provide assurances 
to the Board that the external audit team 
provided constructive, robust challenge 
over the quality of our data and 
information systems. The Audit Committee 
is satisfied that PwC has conducted an 
effective audit for the year ended 
30 September 2022.
The Committee, having considered the 
above factors is satisfied with the 
performance of the auditor and does not 
consider it necessary to put the external 
audit out to tender at this time. It 
recommends that PwC be reappointed 
as auditors at the 2023 annual general 
meeting (AGM). PwC has agreed to offer 
itself for reappointment as auditors of the 
Group in accordance with section 487(2) of 
the Companies Act 2006 and a resolution 
requesting approval of its appointment 
and to authorise the directors to determine 
their remuneration will be proposed at the 
annual general meeting, scheduled for 
7 February 2023.
Internal audit 
KPMG was appointed to the position of 
internal auditor in 2018, and continues to 
provide the Committee and Board with 
assurance that Numis’ internal controls 
and risk management framework and 
operational systems are robust and 
appropriate for our size and complexity 
of business. 
Internal audit provides the Company and 
the Committee with independent, 
objective assessment of ongoing risk 
management, providing the Committee 
with assurances that Numis’ risk 
management framework, internal 
governance and compliance processes, 
and systems and controls to support the 
business are robust, fit for purpose and 
best practice. KPMG’s expertise is applied 
where it is of most value to the business, 
with a focus on regulatory pressure points, 
regulatory hot topics and areas of key risk 
for the business.
Key areas of focus for internal audit during 
the year included:
•	Custody. Internal Audit reviewed 
the Custody business to ensure that 
businesses systems, controls and 
processes were appropriate and 
proportionate. The review was performed 
in parallel with the Board’s decision to 
streamline the Group Custody offering, 
which implemented the recommended 
proposals (see page 37 for more 
information).
•	Financial crime – sanctions. KPMG 
assessed the design of Numis’ Sanctions 
Compliance Framework from two of five 
key components set out in the Framework 
for OFAC Compliance Commitments 
guidance (OFAC). The review concluded 
that the in-scope components were 
operating effectively.
•	Legal and compliance. Internal Audit 
evaluated the overall design adequacy 
and operating effectiveness of the 
key controls to mitigate legal and 
compliance risks. The internal audit 
concluded that the in-scope processes 
and controls are designed and 
operating effectively. 
•	Information Security. Internal audit used 
the National Institute of Standards and 
Technology Cyber Security Framework 
as a benchmark to carry out a gap 
analysis to evaluate the processes in 
place to identify, assess and manage 
cybersecurity risk and to determine 
if any gaps exist within the current 
cybersecurity risk approach. The review 
provided assurance that Numis’ cyber 
security framework continues to be 
appropriate for the size and complexity 
of the business.
The Committee reviewed the effectiveness 
of the internal audit function and all 
significant internal audit recommendations 
and oversaw progress in addressing these. 
The evaluation process identified that the 
Committee has made good progress in 
relation to increasing the focus on financial 
risk reporting. 
A copy of the internal audit Charter of 
KPMG is available on the Company’s 
website www.numis.com.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 71
Annual Report 2022
Audit Committee report

Committee effectiveness
The Committee’s interactions with the 
internal and external audit functions were 
assessed as part of the Board evaluation. 
Questionnaires and face-to-face meetings 
covered topics such as composition, 
meeting effectiveness and engagement 
with the internal audit function and with 
the External Auditors PwC, were 
considered. The findings of the 
evaluation confirmed that the Committee 
continued to operate effectively, is 
comprised of appropriately skilled, 
experienced, knowledgeable members. 
Key focus areas in 2023
The Committee will continue to focus on 
enhancing the quality of the financial 
reporting and ensure that standards of 
controls and systems remain appropriate 
and aligned to the business strategy. 
Ensuring that this focus is maintained is 
facilitated through the delivery of the 
Internal Audit Plan, which is structured to 
align with the Group’s strategic priorities 
and key risks. The Internal Audit Plan is 
reviewed periodically throughout the year 
to ensure that it remains relevant for new 
and emerging circumstances with potential 
to impact our business, risk profile and 
assurance activities. As part of the three 
year rolling Internal Audit Plan, focus will be 
on a number of business areas to appraise 
control functions across the Group. 
Reviews will include regulatory reporting, 
business continuity, trade surveillance, 
custody and operational resilience. 
The Committee will opine on the 
observations and recommendations 
arising from these focused reviews and 
report on the actions taken at the next 
Annual Report. 
Catherine James
Chair – Audit Committee
7 December 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 72
Annual Report 2022
Audit Committee report

Committee role and membership 
The Audit Committee is responsible for 
the review and monitoring of the Group’s 
systems of internal control and risk 
management, the internal and external 
audit appointment and process, and the 
process for compliance with relevant laws. 
Additionally, the Committee fulfils a vital 
role in the Company’s governance 
framework, providing valuable 
independent challenge and oversight 
across the Company’s financial reporting 
and internal control procedures. A list of 
the key responsibilities of the Committee 
is set out below.
The Chair of the Committee is Catherine 
James. The Committee consists entirely 
of independent non-executive directors, 
Robert Sutton, Richard Hennity and 
Kathryn Gray, and the Company Secretary 
acts as the Secretary of the Committee.
The Committee meetings are attended by 
the Chief Financial Officer, Head of Risk, 
the Head of Compliance plus the lead 
partner and representatives from KPMG 
LLP, our internal auditors and the lead 
partner and representatives from PwC, our 
external auditors. Others invited to attend 
Committee meetings on a regular basis 
include the Co-CEOs and members of 
senior management, for those items that 
are relevant to them and where they 
provide additional specialist technical 
knowledge and insight on matters 
under discussion.
Committee meetings
During the financial year, the Committee 
met formally four times. A report on the 
Audit Committee meetings and activities 
was fed back to the Board at each 
scheduled meeting of the Board.
Key responsibilities and role of 
the Committee
The key responsibilities of the Committee 
are summarised below:
Financial reporting
•	Reviewing the integrity of the annual 
and interim financial statements and 
formal announcements relating to the 
Group’s financial performance, with 
a focus on considering significant 
financial reporting judgements.
•	Considering the impact of new 
accounting standards and 
their disclosure.
•	Ensuring disclosures are clear and 
compliant with financial reporting 
standards, and relevant financial and 
governance reporting requirements.
•	Considering the impact of the financial 
risks arising from macroeconomic 
uncertainty on the financial position 
of the Company.
External audit
•	Considering and approving the 
annual External Audit Plan, the terms 
of reappointment, remuneration and 
Terms of Engagement.
•	Providing oversight of the external 
auditors, including assessing their 
effectiveness, independence and 
objectivity and quality of the external 
audit during the year.
•	Reviewing audit findings, including key 
issues, accounting and audit judgements 
and recommendations, guidance and 
observations around the Group’s internal 
controls environment.
•	Reviewing management 
representation letters.
•	Assessing external auditor independence 
and reappointment of the external 
auditor as authorised by shareholders. 
The Audit Committee determines the level 
of remuneration for the external auditors 
on behalf of the Board.
Risk management and internal control
•	Considering the effectiveness of the 
Group’s systems of risk management 
and internal control, including all 
material controls.
•	Review reports from management and 
the audit teams on the effectiveness 
of the Group’s system of internal 
financial control.
Internal audit
•	Approving internal audit’s 
risk assessment.
•	Internal audit charter and plan.
•	Oversight of the Internal Auditors.
•	Considering and approving the scope 
of each engagement and assessing 
progress made on internal audit 
recommendations in respect of internal 
controls and remediation.
•	Reviewing the results of individual 
internal audit reports and considering 
the effectiveness of actions agreed 
with management and tracking of 
follow‑up actions.
•	Receiving regular summary reports from 
the internal auditors, including their 
conclusions on the changes to controls 
and processes made by management 
and monitoring and reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
audit function in the overall context 
of the Group’s internal controls and 
risk management.
Routine matters
•	Reviewing the Committee’s composition, 
minutes of prior meetings and its Terms 
of Reference.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 73
Annual Report 2022
Audit Committee report

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present my report of 
the Risk Committee for the year ended 
30 September 2022, explaining how the 
Committee has discharged its risk 
oversight responsibilities during the year. 
As the incoming Chair of the Committee, 
I am pleased to report that risk 
management at Numis is approached 
in a collaborative, forward-thinking 
and prudent manner. The Group’s risk 
management framework is designed to 
support the business in actively managing 
existing and emerging risks to achieve 
our strategic objectives. The Committee 
plays a critical role in the firm’s approach 
to risk management and has been prudent, 
determined and thorough in its actions 
to promote, support and safeguard the 
interests of our clients, shareholders 
and stakeholders.
The Committee, on behalf of the Board, 
employs and reinforces the three lines of 
defence model in the management of risk. 
This ensures that there are clearly defined 
roles and responsibilities in the business 
to identify, control, monitor, escalate 
and effectively manage key risks. By 
maintaining this focus, the Committee 
can be assured that the framework to 
support the management of risk is robust, 
reinforces risk ownership and is embedded 
in the business and our culture.
This included reviewing and challenging 
the stress tests undertaken to calculate 
the capital and liquidity requirements in 
stressed scenario conditions. 
The Committee considered the risk 
appetite and arising risks from strategic 
initiatives across the business and advised 
the Board accordingly. As Numis expanded 
its offering in the US, the Committee 
advised the Board of the adjusted risk 
profile and obtained appropriate 
additional insurance coverage.
During the year, the Committee was also 
involved in several initiatives, including the 
review of the strategy and management 
of our custody service and its operational 
process; and our Operational Resilience 
Self-Assessment report, and contingency 
plans in order to avoid intolerable harm 
to  our clients and stakeholders. The 
Committee also provided input to 
the Remuneration Committee on the 
alignment between remuneration and risk.
Recovery, resolution and wind-down
The Committee reviewed the Internal 
Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment 
(ICARA) and in doing so assessed 
whether the Group’s risk appetite 
in relation to capital and liquidity 
management remains appropriate. 
It also considered the Group’s Recovery 
and Resolution Plans, to assess the 
appropriateness of both the recovery and 
resolution actions defined in the plans. The 
recovery and resolution indicators adopted 
are aligned to the Group’s risk appetite 
and ensure that there are sufficient 
early warning triggers of any potential 
deterioration in our financial position.
Committee activities in 2022
The Committee’s principal focus 
throughout the year was on the 
management and monitoring of the 
key and emerging risks impacting the 
business. The Committee considered 
and reviewed the nature and extent of 
the key risks and risk appetite of the 
Group, ensuring it has an appropriate 
and effective risk management framework 
that identifies and considers current and 
emerging risks, regulatory developments 
and relevant mitigants.
At each meeting, the Committee 
considered the risks to the business, as 
well as tackling ad hoc risk events and any 
development actions required to manage 
these. It tracked internal audit report 
recommendations to improve processes 
and the governance framework that 
supports the business and the regulated 
environment in which Numis operates.
Updates on key financial, operational, 
legal, compliance, technology and other 
emerging risks were delivered to the 
Committee by management. The 
Committee used these meetings to 
challenge management on the 
effectiveness of the controls in place. 
The Committee was updated by 
management of regulatory developments, 
including the UK FCA Investment Firm 
Prudential Regime (IFPR) impact on FCA-
authorised MiFID firms. The Committee 
considered the impact of the regulations 
on Numis’ business with regard to capital, 
liquidity, compensation policy and other 
relevant changes arising from the 
implementation of this new regulation.
Richard Hennity
Chair – Risk Committee
Director
Attendance
Richard Hennity
3/3
Catherine James
5/5
Robert Sutton
5/5
Kathryn Gray**
N/A
Luke Savage*
2/2
Robert Sutton
4/4
*	 Member until February 2022
**	 Member from October 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 74
Annual Report 2022
Risk Committee report

Cyber risk
The Committee worked with management 
to update the Group’s cyber security and 
data protection, including overseeing the 
contingency arrangements implemented 
to ensure continuity of operations and 
Numis’ ongoing enhancements to cyber 
resilience against evolving cyber threats. 
Remote and hybrid working
During H1, the Committee again focused 
on the risks and appropriate mitigants for 
covid-19 and extended periods of remote 
working. Once restrictions had concluded, 
it continued to monitor controls in relation 
to conduct and culture to assess conduct 
and culture performance whilst working 
remotely, reviewing these monitoring 
arrangements and promoting a 
continuously mindful risk-aware culture.
Whistleblowing
The Committee conducted its annual 
review of the operation and effectiveness 
of the Group’s whistleblowing policy 
and the systems and controls in place 
to support the policy. There were no 
instances of whistleblowing reported 
during the year and Catherine James, 
Non-Executive Director, was appointed 
as whistleblowing champion. 
Internal audit
As the third line in the three lines of 
defence model, the internal audit function 
continues to play an important role in 
supporting the Committee through 
assurances that, following in-depth 
reviews of business areas, material 
controls (including financial, operational 
and compliance controls) are functioning 
appropriately and effectively. The 
Committee monitors and tracks internal 
audit recommendations to ensure 
that the relevant business area has 
implemented the necessary actions on a 
timely basis. The review and monitoring 
of management’s responsiveness to the 
Internal Auditor’s findings and the 
recommendations ensures that 
management responds appropriately 
to those findings in a timely fashion.
For more information on the internal 
audit function, see pages 71 and 73 
of the Audit Committee report. 
Committee effectiveness
The Committee’s effectiveness was 
assessed as part of the Board evaluation. 
The evaluation found that the Committee 
continued to operate effectively and 
is comprised of members with the 
appropriate skills and knowledge 
for their roles.
Priorities for 2023
The Committee will continue to monitor as 
part of its responsibilities key and emerging 
risks faced by the Group to ensure these 
are being managed effectively and in 
accordance with the risk appetite. 
Key areas of focus include: 
•	Further embedding of the three lines of 
defence model with clear separation 
of responsibilities below the first and 
second line.
•	Assessing the strategic and financial risks 
arising from macroeconomic uncertainty 
and taking appropriate action to align 
the business to the evolving political 
and regulatory changes.
•	Monitoring the key risks associated 
with our expansion into Europe with our 
new Dublin office and ensuring close 
collaboration between our offices 
and effective communication with our 
European regulators. 
•	Monitoring the regulatory divergence 
between the UK and the EU.
•	Monitoring the Group’s progress around 
its Operational Resilience programme 
to ensure the Business Service Model 
is formalised and demonstrates our 
operational resilience framework and 
risk management protocols. 
•	Overseeing the ongoing initiatives in 
relation to conduct and culture so that 
staff maintain the expected standards of 
personal and professional conduct. 
•	Developing our approach 
to environmental, social and 
governance recommendations.
Effective risk management will remain 
central to Numis’ corporate governance 
and achieving our strategic objectives 
throughout 2023. We will strive to continue 
to improve how we manage risk; and 
ensure that the standard of our controls 
and systems remain appropriate and 
aligned to the strategy of the business and 
is in the best interests of our shareholders 
and stakeholders.
Richard Hennity
Chair – Risk Committee
7 December 2022 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 75
Annual Report 2022
Risk Committee report

Committee role and membership 
The Committee is responsible for the 
effective management of risk across the 
Group, providing oversight and challenge 
on key and emerging risks within individual 
business areas, determining risk appetite 
and ensuring that each business area has 
in place appropriate internal controls for 
which there is clear accountability aligned 
to the three lines of defence model. A list of 
the key responsibilities of the Committee is 
set out below.
The Chair of the Committee is Richard 
Hennity. The Committee consists entirely 
of independent non-executive directors, 
Robert Sutton, Catherine James and 
Kathryn Gray. The Company Secretary 
acts as the Secretary of the Committee.
Committee meetings are attended by the 
lead partner and representatives from the 
external and internal auditors. Invitations 
to attend the meetings on a regular basis 
are made to the Co-chief executive 
officers, CFO, Head of Risk, the General 
Counsel, the Head of Compliance, and 
members of senior management, who 
attend for those items that are relevant 
to them and where they can provide 
additional specialist technical knowledge 
and insight on matters under discussion.
Committee meetings
During the financial year, the Committee 
held five scheduled meetings. 
The Risk Committee reports on its meetings 
and activities at each scheduled meeting 
of the Board.
Key responsibilities and role of 
the Committee
Key responsibilities of the Committee 
are summarised below:
Advice to the Board
•	Overseeing and advising the Board 
on current risk exposures and future 
risk strategy, including with respect to 
ESG risks.
•	In conjunction with the Audit Committee, 
reviewing the Company’s risk assessment 
processes, the parameters used and the 
methodology adopted, the Company’s 
capability to identify and manage new 
risk types and adopt a standard for 
the accurate and timely monitoring of 
large exposures and certain risk types of 
critical importance.
•	Determining and assessing the 
appropriateness of the risks that the 
Group proposes to take and make 
recommendations to the Board as to 
appetite and tolerance.
•	Reviewing and recommending the ICARA 
and Recovery and Resolution Plans.
•	Recommending the extent of D&O 
insurance coverage.
•	Conducting a regular review in respect 
of the monitoring of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control 
systems and the effectiveness of such 
systems and providing a report on that 
review in the Company’s Annual Report.
Advice to the Remuneration Committee
•	Advising on the alignment of the 
remuneration policy with risk appetite 
and recommending adjustments 
to remuneration if required from a 
risk perspective.
Advice to the Audit Committee
•	Advising on all notes to the accounts 
quantifying risk exposures.
•	Advising on the statements to be 
included in shareholder documentation 
concerning risk management.
•	Making recommendations for internal 
audit work.
Internal audit
•	Monitoring management’s 
responsiveness to the Internal Auditor’s 
findings or recommendations.
Routine matters
•	Reviewing and approving the Risk 
Management Framework. 
•	Receiving regular updates on enterprise-
wide risks including financial and 
operational, and annually considering 
and approving the remit of the risk 
and compliance functions (including 
notification of material breaches).
•	Reviewing and, if appropriate, approving 
the Group’s IFPR disclosures and Group 
insurance coverage.
•	Oversight of CASS.
•	Approving appointment of, and meeting 
with, relevant senior risk and legal team 
members without management.
•	Reviewing the Committee’s performance, 
composition, minutes of prior meetings 
and its terms of reference.
•	Identifying matters affecting culture.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 76
Annual Report 2022
Risk Committee report

Dear shareholder
As Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present the 
Committee’s report for the year ended 
30 September 2022. 
This report provides a comprehensive 
picture of the structure and scale of 
our remuneration framework and its 
alignment with the business strategy. 
Numis is passionate about its talented 
staff and uses a remuneration policy 
that encourages and rewards the right 
behaviours, values and culture, whilst also 
seeking to retain, motivate and incentive 
our high-performance culture. 
We continue to focus on the right balance 
of risk and reward with a policy that is 
designed to clearly align the remuneration 
for executive directors with Company 
performance after taking into account an 
assessment of a wide range of performance 
factors which include financial, non-
financial and personal performance.
Our remuneration framework is simple, 
transparent and fair for both participants 
and shareholders alike. The framework is 
designed to reward the achievement of 
long-term sustained business results which 
support our strategy, culture and values. 
Conduct and how performance has been 
achieved forms a key part of how 
remuneration levels are determined.
Performance for FY22
This has been a challenging year, with the 
uncertain global economic environment 
dampening capital markets activity. 
Our approach to remuneration has been to ensure that the 
framework is transparent and fair for staff and shareholders.
Revenue for the full year fell by 33%, 
although it should be noted this compares 
to a record period in FY21 and so is still 
considered to be a good result in 
difficult circumstances. 
Despite the continued disruption caused 
by covid-19 and the wider economic 
uncertainty, the Group was able to deliver 
record advisory revenue performance 
and maintained a strong pipeline for M&A 
revenues. Overall, profits were lower than 
FY21, down by 72%, and this is reflected in 
the lower bonus pool. 
The executive directors have provided 
exemplary leadership during this volatile 
period and have achieved a number of 
milestones that support our strategy to 
diversify the business. This includes the 
regulatory approval of our Dublin office, 
which is operational and trading with a 
growing number of EU-based institutional 
clients. This was achieved whilst 
maintaining our accepted compliance 
and risk profile. 
This financial performance resulted in 
individual annual bonuses which are 
substantially lower than those earned in the 
previous year. The bonuses awarded to the 
Co-chief executive officers decreased by 
more than the overall pool as a significant 
proportion of the pool was focused on 
colleagues who had developed in their 
roles and may otherwise be exposed to 
retention concerns. The Committee 
believes that the final outcomes set out 
on page 81 are fair and appropriate in light 
of the company, team and personal 
performance delivered in the year. 
The first of the new in-flight long-term 
awards, granted to all executive directors, 
is not due to vest until 2024. Co-chief 
executive officers are required to retain 
at least 500% of salary in shares and 
currently hold substantially more than this. 
Key activities
•	Continued to monitor developments in 
regulatory guidance and the potential 
impact on the Company.
•	Reviewed the IFR/IFD 
implementation plans.
•	Reviewed the approach to distribution of 
variable compensation to staff for FY22.
•	Considered approach to 
all‑employee pay.
Remuneration policy changes for FY23
The Committee is reviewing the policy 
to include changes required for the 
implementation of IFR/IFD/SYSC 19G, 
provisions to the policy for FY23. 
There will be no salary increases for the 
Co-CEOs, nor the CFO for FY23. Across 
the Company the average base salary 
increase is 6%. 
As previously announced, I will be retiring 
at the 2023 annual general meeting, at 
which time Kathryn Gray will succeed me 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee. 
Robert Sutton
Chair – Remuneration Committee
Robert Sutton
Chair – Remuneration Committee
Director
Attendance
Robert Sutton 
4/4
Catherine James 
4/4
Luke Savage* 
2/4
Richard Hennity ** 
2/4
Kathryn Gray*** 
N/A
*	 Member until February 2022
** 	Member from February 2022
***	Member since October 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 77
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

The Remuneration Committee believes strongly that total remuneration should take 
into account the competition for talent in an industry where successful people are 
rewarded and mobile. The Group compensates employees through both fixed and 
variable compensation.
Base salary
Pension 
contribution
Benefits
Annual 
cash bonus
Long-
term 
incentive 
award via 
shares
+
+
+
+
=
Fixed
Variable
Total 
Remuneration
In assessing overall remuneration, 
the Committee looks at appropriate 
benchmark data which, in the main, 
comprises unlisted companies as the 
closest comparators are typically either 
privately owned or divisions of larger 
banks. While seeking to reflect 
developments in good practice for listed 
companies, it needs, therefore, to balance 
this against practice in other companies 
with which it competes for talent. Overall, 
the Committee feels that it has struck an 
appropriate balance and that the 
arrangements are in the interests of 
shareholders due to:
•	A significant proportion of pay being 
performance related.
•	Operating a flexible bonus policy that is 
truly variable and linked to appropriately 
stretching objectives.
•	A conventional LTIP which only vests for 
the delivery of superior absolute returns 
to shareholders as measured through 
total shareholder return (i.e. share price 
plus reinvestment of dividend).
Fixed compensation comprises principally:
•	Base salaries – normally reviewed 
annually by the Committee taking 
into account the performance of the 
individual, comparisons with peer 
group companies within the industry, 
the experience of the individual and 
their level of responsibility. Information 
on market conditions and competitive 
rates of pay is provided by independent 
external advisers to aid the Committee’s 
determination of fixed compensation 
levels but is considered as part of 
a broader review rather than as the 
driving factor in any changes. 
•	Pension – an employer contribution to 
a defined contribution pension saving 
scheme of 7% of base salary (UK 
employees) which is aligned with that 
provided to the wider workforce.
•	Benefits – an entitlement to insured 
death in service benefits of four times 
base salary.
The policy for variable compensation is 
to recognise corporate performance 
and individual achievement of objectives 
through a discretionary bonus and through 
the use of long-term share incentives:
•	Annual bonus – the discretionary 
bonus pool is determined by the 
Committee each financial year, with 
specific reference to the Group’s profit 
before variable pay and tax, typically 
by capping the aggregate pool to an 
agreed percentage of this profit measure 
and reviewing the resulting compensation 
ratio of the Group to ensure this is 
acceptable with reference to the Board’s 
parameters, historic ratios and market 
benchmarking. The Committee can 
establish clear targets when setting the 
aggregate pool available for variable 
compensation at the Group level, rather 
than at individual level, acknowledging 
that a certain degree of flexibility is 
required at different stages of the 
business cycle. The Committee has the 
authority to apply deferrals to the annual 
cash bonus. Such deferrals are expected 
to take the form of a share award, which 
requires further service in order that 
the award vests in full and are likely to 
be required in future years to ensure 
compliance with IFR/IFD regulations. 
Clawback provisions are applied in 
accordance with regulatory guidelines 
and best practice. The executive 
directors and other senior executives 
have their individual performance 
assessed through clearly defined 
objectives and a structured process 
of review and feedback. In particular, 
the aggregate fixed and variable 
remuneration by individual is determined 
with regard to the performance of the 
individual, performance of the area, 
sector or function of the business 
in which the individual works or for 
which the individual is responsible, the 
profitability of the Group and levels 
of reward for comparable roles in 
the external market. Approval of the 
annual bonus for executive directors is 
made by the Remuneration Committee 
following input from relevant control 
functions on compliance and risk 
management activities. 
•	Long Term Incentive Plan – the LTIP 
covers the three executive directors 
and involves the annual grant of 
performance shares that will vest 
after three years subject to continued 
service and the achievement of suitably 
stretching performance conditions. 
The awards are subject to a further 
one-year holding period during which 
vested awards cannot be sold. Malus 
and clawback provisions are in place for 
reasons of material misstatement, error 
in calculation, material failure of risk 
management, material risk or compliance 
failure or serious reputational damage to 
the business. For FY23, the award levels 
The Remuneration Policy
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 78
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

will remain unchanged at 400% of salary 
for the Co-chief executive officers and 
200% of salary for the CFO. The awards 
are expected to be granted in January 
2023 and will be subject to challenging 
absolute TSR growth measures as set 
out below:
Performance target
% of award vesting
Below 6% p.a.
0%
6% p.a.
25% 
6% – 20% p.a.
Between 25% and 100% 
on a straight-line basis 
20% p.a.
100%
TSR growth will be calculated as the 
difference between the three-month 
average return index (which captures the 
share price movement plus the value of 
dividends reinvested on the ex-dividend 
date) immediately before the start of the 
performance period and across the final 
year of the performance period. The above 
CAGRs are, therefore, assessed over the 
weighted average performance period of 
2 years 7.5 months. 
Awards will also be subject to an underpin 
whereby the Committee will need to be 
satisfied that vesting is warranted based 
on financial, compliance, culture and risk 
performance over the performance period.
The Committee retains standard 
discretions in terms of the ability to amend 
or adjust the performance conditions if an 
event occurs, which means the original 
measure is no longer appropriate. 
The Committee may use alternative 
measures (including financial, value 
creation or non-financial measures) 
for future awards to the extent they are 
appropriate in terms of the strategic 
objectives of the business at that time. 
•	Shareholding requirement – executive
directors are expected to retain at least 
50% of all incentive awards that vest (net 
of tax) until the shareholding guideline is 
met. For the Co-chief executive officers 
this is 500% of salary and for the CFO 
is 200% of salary. Progress against the 
shareholding requirement is reviewed by 
the Remuneration Committee annually. 
The shareholding guideline will continue 
to apply for one-year post-cessation. 
Non-executive directors’ remuneration
Remuneration of non-executive directors is 
set by the Board on the recommendation 
of the executive directors taking into 
account comparisons with peer group 
companies within the industry, and reflects 
the time commitment, experience of the 
individual and the level of responsibility 
of the role. Remuneration comprises an 
annual fee only. Non-executive directors 
are not eligible to participate in any 
form of variable compensation, be 
that discretionary cash bonuses or 
discretionary awards under the Group’s 
share incentive schemes and are not 
eligible for pension benefits.
Remuneration principles used 
in recruitment
The Company may compensate 
employees for remuneration forfeited as 
part of the recruitment process (where the 
amounts in discussion are reasonable and 
where written proof is provided in support 
of forfeiture). The Committee will consider 
the preferred delivery vehicle for such 
awards, which may include the Group’s 
Restricted Stock Unit share plan (RSU). 
In the minority of cases where cash 
amounts may be issued as part of the 
award, the cash component is subject to 
a two-year gross clawback in the event the 
employee leaves our employment. We take 
reasonable steps to ensure remuneration 
commitments are not more generous in 
either amounts or terms than variable 
remuneration offered by the existing 
employer. In a small number of cases, 
where remuneration is more generous, its 
structure is performance dependent and 
is awarded on an exceptional basis after 
due consideration of alternative hires and 
anticipated benefit to the business.
Directors’ service contracts
The general policy is that executive 
directors should have a rolling contract 
of employment with mutual notice periods 
of at least six months. Service contracts 
do not contain any provision for 
compensation upon early termination 
as the parties are expected to rely on 
employment rights conferred by law.
Non-executive directors’ appointments are 
subject to the re-election requirements of 
the Company’s Articles of Association and 
are without a fixed term but are subject to 
one month’s notice to terminate from either 
party. There are no contractual provisions 
for non-executive directors to receive 
compensation upon termination.
Letters of appointment and service 
contracts are available for shareholders 
to view at the Company’s registered 
office and will be available at the annual 
general meeting.
The tables overleaf provide details of 
service contracts of the executive 
directors and non-executive directors 
who served during the year ended 
30th September 2022.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 79
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

Table 1 – Directors’ service contracts – Executive Directors
Date of appointment
Contract from Company
from Director
re-election
Alex Ham
1 July 2016
Rolling
6 months
6 months
2024
Ross Mitchinson 
1 July 2016
Rolling
6 months
6 months
2024
Andrew Holloway
8 January 2018
Rolling
6 months
6 months
2023
Table 2 – Directors’ service contracts – Non-Executive Directors
Date of appointment
Next re-election/election
Notice period
Alan Carruthers1
21 March 2017
N/A
1 month by either party
Robert Sutton2
7 May 2014
N/A
1 month by either party
Catherine James
20 May 2014
2024
1 month by either party
Luke Savage
5 February 2019
2024
1 month by either party
Richard Hennity
24 February 2022
2023
1 month by either party
Kathryn Gray3
3 October 2022
2023
1 month by either party
1 	 Alan Carruthers stepped down at the 2022 annual general meeting
2 	 Robert Sutton will step down at the 2023 annual general meeting
3 	 Kathryn Gray was appointed after the year-end on 3 October 2022 
Settlement agreements
The Committee may agree additional 
exit payments where such payments 
are made in good faith to discharge an 
existing legal obligation, or as damages 
for breach of such obligation, or in 
settlement or compromise of any claim 
arising on termination of a director’s 
office or employment. This may include the 
provision of outplacement support and/or 
legal fees reimbursement.
Regulatory considerations applying to 
the Group’s remuneration approach
The Group’s approach to remuneration 
takes account of relevant legislation, 
regulation, corporate governance 
standards and guidance issued by 
regulators and shareholder representative 
bodies. Remuneration policies comply 
with the relevant provisions of the 
Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) 
Remuneration Code.
FCA guidelines state that firms must 
be compliant with all aspects of the 
European Banking Authority (EBA) 
Guidelines, with the exception of the 
application of proportionality in respect 
of the bonus cap – the limit on awarding 
variable remuneration of one times 
fixed remuneration (or two times with 
shareholder approval). Numis continues 
to disapply the bonus cap provision on 
the basis of proportionality.
The introduction of IFR/IFD regulations 
will impact the Group for the year end 
30 September 2023 and the necessary 
adjustments to operation of the variable 
incentives are under consideration by 
the Committee. 
The Committee continues to monitor 
the regulatory environment and 
consider its impact on the Group’s 
remuneration policies.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 80
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

The Committee undertook an assessment 
of the executive directors’ remuneration 
with a focus on ensuring an appropriate 
alignment between performance and 
being strategically aligned with the 
business. Additionally, the Committee 
also reviews external surveys and bespoke 
benchmarking data when determining 
remuneration for executive directors.
Salaries and pension
The Committee considered the basic 
salary paid to the executive directors 
and took into account the levels of 
remuneration agreed for other key 
senior executive positions. 
The Committee recognised the need to 
review benchmarking data in respect of 
both listed financial service companies 
of a comparable size and unlisted 
competitors who operate in the investment 
banking industry. 
There were no salary increases for the 
Co‑Chief Executive Officers during 
FY22. As set out in last year’s report, 
the CFO salary was increased to £300,000 
to reflect his expanded role which now 
incorporates responsibility for Operations, 
Communications and Marketing.
Director remuneration for the year (audited)
The single total remuneration for each of the directors who held office during the year 
ended 30 September 2022 was as follows:
Salaries/
fees 
£’000
Benefits
£’000
Pension
 allowance
£’000
Fixed 
remuneration
£’000
Annual 
bonus
£’000
Total
 remuneration
£’000
Executive Directors
Alex Ham 2022
475
1
33
509
1,450
1,959
2021
456
1
42
499
4,000
4,499
Ross Mitchinson 2022
475
2
33
510
1,200
1,710
2021
456
1
42
499
2,250
2,749
Andrew Holloway 2022
294
2
21
317
325
642
2021
265
1
22
288
625
913
Notes:
1	
Annual cash bonuses and incentive awards are awarded in accordance with Numis’ remuneration policy.
2	 No long-term incentives were due to vest in relation to FY22. Details of the 2016 Co-chief executive officers LTIP which 
vested in relation to FY21 were set out in last year’s report.
There are no planned increases for 
executive directors for FY23. The average 
increase across the wider workforce is 
expected to be 6% for FY23. 
In line with best practice, the executive 
directors’ pension contribution rate of 7% 
of salary is the same as the percentage 
contribution provided to all staff.
Variable remuneration awards
The Committee determined the aggregate 
bonus pool as an agreed percentage of 
profit and with further reference to the 
overall compensation ratio of the Group. 
Thereafter, the Committee allocated a 
proportion of the Group’s discretionary 
bonus pool to the executive directors 
based on a broad view of performance. 
For the year ended 30 September 2022, 
this proportion was based on performance 
against KPIs and strategic objectives, 
and personal objectives underpinned 
by the values of Numis. In addition, 
the Committee considered the 
continued leadership displayed in 
navigating the business through 
challenging circumstances.
The total bonus pool decreased by 48% 
compared to the previous year. The 
aggregate decrease in bonus for the 
executive directors was 57%. 
When deciding on the bonus the 
Committee considered the following KPIs: 
•	Investment banking sector revenues – 
including performance against budget 
and both FY21 and FY20 as well as 
market share 
•	Equities product revenues – including 
performance against budget and both 
FY21 and FY20 
Non-financial KPIs were also reviewed, 
including the diversification of our revenue 
streams and international expansion, 
which focused on the timely opening of 
the Dublin office, the development of the 
senior leadership team and effectiveness 
of the governance bodies.
In addition to the business KPIs, the 
executive directors were assessed on 
personal KPIs and reviewed against each 
of the corporate values of the firm. The 
Committee assessed and recognised the 
personal contribution of the Co‑chief 
executive officers to our largest fee earning 
transactions over the course of the year.
When making the final determination of 
bonus outcomes the Committee was 
mindful of stakeholder experience over the 
past financial year. Overall, the outcomes 
are considered appropriate in light of the 
financial performance delivered, the 
strategic progress of the business and the 
wider backdrop.
Annual Report on Remuneration
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 81
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

Long-term incentive awards granted in 
the year
Awards were granted to the executive 
directors in January 2022 under the Numis 
Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan 2021. 
Awards vest after three years subject to 
continued service and the achievement 
of suitably stretching performance 
conditions. The awards are subject to a 
further one-year holding period during 
which vested awards cannot be sold. 
As set out in last year’s report, the award 
levels were 400% of salary for the Co‑chief 
executive officers and 200% of salary 
for the CFO. The awards are subject to 
challenging absolute TSR growth measures 
as set out below:
Performance target
% of award vesting
Below 6% p.a.
0%
6% p.a.
25% 
6% – 20% p.a.
Between 25% and 100% 
on a straight-line basis 
20% p.a.
100%
TSR performance is measured over three 
years. Awards are also subject to an 
underpin whereby the Committee will 
need to be satisfied that vesting is 
warranted based on financial, compliance, 
culture and risk performance over the 
performance period. 
Table 2
Option awards under the LTIP 2021 Plan (audited)
Director
Outstanding as at 
1 October 2021
Granted during 
the year
Lapsed during 
the year
Vested during 
the year
Outstanding as at 
30 September 2022
Date of grant
No. shares 
under option
No. shares 
under option
No. shares 
under option
No. shares 
under option
No. shares 
under option
Alex Ham
18 January 2021
LTIP 2021
567,164
–
–
–
567,164
19 January 2022
LTIP 2021
–
562,130
–
–
562,130
567,164
562,130
–
–
1,129,294
Ross Mitchinson 
18 January 2021
LTIP 2021
567,164
–
–
–
567,164
19 January 2022
LTIP 2021
–
562,130
–
–
562,130
567,164
562,130
–
–
1,129,294
Andrew Holloway
21 January 2019
RSU – 1st, 2nd and 3rd 
anniversary
100,000
–
–
(100,000)
–
18 January 2021
LTIP 2021
164,179
–
–
–
164,179
19 January 2022
LTIP 2021
–
177,514
–
–
177,514
264,179
177,514
–
(100,000)
341,693
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 82
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

Table 3
Executive Directors’ share interests 
No. of shares owned 
outright as at 
30 September 2022
Shareholding5 
as a % of salary
Executive Directors
Alex Ham
2,423,895
912%
Ross Mitchinson 
2,113,944
796%
Andrew Holloway
235,260
140%
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
Board fees 
£’000
Chairman fees 
£’000
Committee 
Chair fees 
£’000
Total fees
£’000
2022
Total fees
£’000
2021
Non-Executive Directors
Alan Carruthers1
21
41
–
62
175
Catherine James 
60
–
10
70
60
Luke Savage2
60
75
5
140
75
Robert Sutton
60
–
13
73
70
Richard Hennity3
36
–
9
45
–
Kathryn Gray4
–
–
–
–
–
1	
Alan Carruthers stepped down at the 2022 annual general meeting
2	 Luke Savage was appointed as Chairman on 8 February 2022
3	 Richard Hennity was appointed on 24 February 2022
4	 Kathryn Gray was appointed after the year-end on 3 October 2022 
5	 Reflects share price as at 2 December 2022.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 83
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

Non-executive director fees were last 
reviewed in 2022 taking into account 
relevant market data and the increased 
time commitment devoted to the business 
in the year. There are no planned increases 
for FY23. 
Non-executive directors do not participate 
in decisions concerning their individual 
fees and are not permitted to participate 
in any of the Company’s incentive 
arrangements. Non-executive directors 
are permitted to maintain a shareholding 
in the business if they so wish and subject 
to Numis’ personal dealing policy and 
PDMR rules. Table 5 on page 89 details 
the shareholding of the non-executive 
directors who served on the Board during 
the year.
Committee effectiveness
From March to May 2022, the Board 
conducted an evaluation of its 
effectiveness, which was facilitated 
internally. Questionnaires and face-to-face 
meetings which covered topics such as 
composition, meeting effectiveness and 
engagement with the executive directors 
and each of the Committees of the Board 
were considered.
The findings of the evaluation confirmed 
that the Remuneration Committee 
continued to operate effectively, that 
the non-executive directors remain 
independent and objectively and 
constructively challenge management. 
The Committee consults with FIT on a 
range of agenda items, in particular 
executive director compensation 
arrangements.
Robert Sutton
Chair – Remuneration Committee
7 December 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 84
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

Membership and key responsibilities
Robert Sutton is supported in his role as 
Chair of the Committee by Catherine 
James, Richard Hennity and Kathryn Gray 
(and Luke Savage prior to his appointment 
as Chairman) all of whom are independent 
non-executive directors. The Committee is 
comprised solely of independent non-
executive directors. The experience and 
areas of expertise of the Committee 
members can be viewed in the directors’ 
biographies set out on pages 58-59 and 
the Terms of Reference for the Committee, 
which are reviewed annually and referred 
to the Board for approval, are available on 
the Company’s website www.numis.com
Remuneration Committee responsibilities 
The Committee is responsible for setting 
the remuneration policy for executive 
directors and other senior executives in 
the business and for determining the 
overall remuneration policy applied to 
the Group, including the quantum of 
variable remuneration and the method 
of delivery. In carrying out its delegated 
responsibilities the Committee receives 
advice, when it considers it to be 
appropriate, on remuneration, tax, 
accounting and regulatory issues from 
external advisers. The Chairman, Co-chief 
executive oficers, CFO, Human Resources, 
Compliance, Risk and Finance 
departments may also be invited to the 
Committee meetings but are not present 
for any discussions that relate directly to 
their own remuneration. 
In the year, the Committee took 
independent advice from FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP (‘FIT’) on executive 
remuneration and the implementation of 
the remuneration policy. FIT is a signatory 
to the Remuneration Consultants’ Group 
Code of Conduct. The Committee has 
reviewed the nature of the services 
provided by FIT and is satisfied that no 
conflict of interest exists in the provision of 
these services. The Company received no 
other services from FIT during the year. 
Key responsibilities and role of 
the Committee
The Committee’s key responsibilities 
include, but are not limited to: 
•	The annual review of the Group’s 
overarching remuneration policy and 
principles applied to the Group and 
approving revisions/updates to the 
policy and incentive arrangements 
across the Group
•	Setting a strategy that ensures the most 
talented leaders are recruited, retained 
and motivated to deliver results
•	Considering the appropriateness of 
the senior remuneration framework 
when reviewed against arrangements 
throughout the rest of the organisation
•	Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group 
remuneration framework
•	Determining the terms of employment 
and remuneration for the Senior Executive 
Group including recruitment and 
termination arrangements
•	Approving the design, targets and total 
payments/awards for performance-
related pay schemes operated by 
the Group
•	Assessing the appropriateness and 
subsequent achievement of performance 
targets relating to the incentive plans for 
senior staff of the Group
•	Reviewing external survey and bespoke 
benchmarking data in respect of salary 
and total compensation
•	Recommending salary levels for 2023 
and bonus payments for 2022 across 
the Group
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 85
Annual Report 2022
Remuneration Committee report

The directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.
Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the Group and 
the Company financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards.
Under company law, directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group for that period. In preparing the 
financial statements, the directors 
are required to:
•	select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently;
•	state whether applicable UK-adopted 
international accounting standards have 
been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;
•	make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and
•	prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.
The directors are responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.
The directors are also responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Group’s and Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group 
and Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006.
The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office at the 
date the Directors’ report is approved:
•	so far as the director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and
•	they have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a director in 
order to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are aware of 
that information.
For and on behalf of the Board 
Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer
7 December 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 86
Annual Report 2022
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements

The directors serving during the year ended 
30 September 2022 and up to the date of 
signing the financial statements present 
their report on the affairs of the Company 
and the Group, together with the Company 
financial statements and audited 
consolidated financial statements of the 
Group and the associated independent 
auditors’ report, for the year ended 
30 September 2022.
Numis is a UK AIM-listed public company 
incorporated and domiciled in the 
United Kingdom.
Parent company
The Company acts as a holding company 
and details of its subsidiary undertakings 
are shown in note 15 of the consolidated 
financial statements. The Group and the 
Company financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards. 
Dividends
The directors are recommending a final 
dividend of 7.5p per share (2021: 8.0p), 
which, together with the interim dividend of 
6.0p per share already declared and paid, 
makes a total for the year ended 30 
September 2022 of 13.5p per share (2021: 
13.5p). Subject to approval at the annual 
general meeting, the final dividend will be 
paid on 10 February 2023 to shareholders 
on the register of members at the close of 
business on 16 December 2022.
Going concern 
The directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the 
Company have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future and therefore continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements 
presented in this Annual Report and 
Accounts.
Country-by-country reporting
The Group’s obligation to publish 
reportable information under Regulation 2 
of the CbC Reporting Regulations is 
fulfilled by the Company through the 
publication of relevant information on a 
consolidated basis. The relevant 
information can be found on the Group’s 
website, www.numis.com, within the Legal 
and Regulatory section.
Post-balance sheet events
Details of post-balance sheet events are 
set out in note 31 to the consolidated 
financial statements.
Relations with shareholders
The Co-chief executive officers 
communicate the Group’s strategy 
and results to shareholders and 
analysts through meetings following the 
announcement of the Group’s full year 
results and the announcement of the 
Group’s interim results.
Shareholders may also attend the 
annual general meeting at which all 
members of the Board are available to 
answer questions.
The Group’s website contains electronic 
versions of the latest and prior years’ 
annual report and accounts, half-year 
reports, along with share price and other 
relevant information.
Annual general meeting
The Company’s annual general meeting 
will be held on 7 February 2023. Details of 
the resolutions to be proposed at the 
annual general meeting are set out on 
pages 129 to 134 of this Annual Report and 
a copy of the Notice of General Meeting is 
also available to view on our website 
www.numis.com
Independent auditors
A resolution to reappoint 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the 
Company’s auditors, and to authorise 
the directors to determine their 
remuneration, will be placed before the 
annual general meeting of the Company 
on 7 February 2023.
Employment policy
The Group’s employment policies are 
based on a commitment to equal 
opportunities from the selection and 
recruitment process through to training, 
development, appraisal and promotion.
The Group provides employees with 
information on matters of concern to 
them so that their views can be taken into 
account when making decisions that are 
likely to affect their interests. Employee 
involvement in the Group is encouraged 
as achieving a common awareness on the 
part of all employees of the financial and 
economic factors affecting the Group 
plays a major role in maintaining its 
competitive and entrepreneurial edge.
The Group gives full and fair consideration 
to applications for employment from 
disabled persons, having regard to 
their particular skills and experience. 
Appropriate arrangements are made for 
the continued employment and training, 
career development and promotion of 
disabled persons employed by the Group 
including making reasonable adjustments 
where required. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 87
Annual Report 2022
Directors’ report

If members of staff become disabled, every 
effort is made by the Group to ensure their 
continued employment and engagement 
with the business.
The Group encourages the involvement of 
employees in its performance through the 
use of employee share plans.
Further details on how the directors have 
engaged with and have regard to our 
employees’ interests during the financial 
year are expanded upon in the ESG section 
of the Strategic report and the Corporate 
Governance report.
Change of control
Directors’ and employees’ employment 
contracts do not provide for compensation 
for loss of office or employment as a result 
of a change of control. The provisions of 
the Company’s share plans may cause 
options and awards granted to employees 
under such plans to vest on a change 
of control. 
Political donations
During the year, the Group made no 
political donations (2021: nil).
Engagement with suppliers and customers 
How the directors have fostered business 
relationships with stakeholders is outlined 
on page 36. 
Energy efficiency and carbon emissions
For disclosures, please see environment 
section on page 47.
Indemnities and insurance
Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
is maintained by the Group for all directors 
and officers of the Company and the 
Group. To the extent permitted by law, 
and in accordance with its Articles of 
Association, the Company indemnifies 
its directors in respect of any loss, liability 
or expense they incur in relation to the 
Company or any associated company of 
the Company. The indemnity was in force 
during the year and up to the date of 
approval of the financial statements.
Share capital and share premium
The Company has one class of shares in 
issue, Numis ordinary shares of 5p each 
and the total number of shares in issue 
is 114,367,448 with each ordinary share 
carrying the right to one vote. The figure 
of 111,303,459 (excluding shares held in 
treasury) may be used by shareholders in 
the Company as the denominator for the 
calculations by which they will determine if 
they are required to notify their interest in, 
or a change in their interest in, the share 
capital of the Company under the FCA’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules.
The total number of shares held in treasury 
is 3,063,989 (2.75%). The total number 
of voting rights in Numis is 111,303,459 
ordinary shares of 5p each.
Further details of the Company’s share 
capital is set out in note 24 to the 
consolidated financial statements.
Financial instruments
Details of the financial risk management 
objectives and policies of the Group 
and risk exposures of the Group are 
included on pages 119 to 126 of the 
financial statements.
Purchase of shares 
The Company has an established 
Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust) in respect 
of the Group’s share plans, which is funded 
by the Group and has the power to acquire 
ordinary shares from the Company or in the 
open market to meet the Group’s future 
obligations under these schemes. During 
the year ended 30 September 2022, the 
Trust purchased an aggregate of 1,058,203 
(2021: 6,285,869) ordinary shares of the 
Company having a nominal value of 
£52,910 (2021: £314,293).
The number of shares purchased 
represented 0.95% of the Company’s 
issued share capital as at 30 September 
2022 (2021: 5.50%) for an aggregate 
consideration of £3,391,327 (2021: 
£22,663,000).
In accordance with shareholder authority, 
during the year 3,063,989 (2021: 500,000) 
ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal 
value of £153,199 (2021: £25,000) were 
purchased into treasury. The aggregate 
consideration paid was £8,183,299 (2021: 
£1,555,000). During the year nil shares (2021: 
3,200,000) were transferred out of treasury 
to the Trust. The number of shares held in 
treasury, as at 30 September 2022, totals 
3,063,989 (2021: 10,671,088).
Directors and their interests
The directors serving during the year ended 
30 September 2022 together with their 
interests in the ordinary shares of 5p each 
(ordinary shares) of the Company, 
excluding share incentive plan awards 
granted but not yet vested are detailed in 
Table 2 on page 84. There have been no 
changes in the interests of the serving 
directors in ordinary shares or options 
over ordinary shares during the period 
30 September 2022 to 8 December 2022.
Substantial shareholders
Information provided to the Company by 
major shareholders pursuant to the 
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules (DTR) is published via a Regulatory 
Information Service, and is available on 
our website. The information in Table 6 
has been received in accordance with 
information made available to the 
Company and in accordance with DTR5, 
from holders of notifiable interests in the 
Company’s issued share capital as at 
30 September 2022. The lowest threshold 
is 3% of the Company’s voting rights, and 
holders are not required to notify us of any 
change until this, or the next applicable 
threshold, is reached or crossed.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 88
Annual Report 2022
Directors’ report

Table 4
Directors and their interests
Executive Directors
30 September 2022 
ordinary shares
30 September 2021 
ordinary shares
Alex Ham
2,423,895
2,423,895
Ross Mitchinson 
2,113,944
2,113,944
Andrew Holloway
235,260
182,260
Non-Executive Directors
Alan Carruthers*
nil
25,000
Kathryn Gray**
nil
n/a
Richard Hennity***
nil
n/a
Catherine James
12,000
12,000
Luke Savage
10,000
10,000
Robert Sutton
12,500
12,500
*	 Resigned 8 February 2022
**	 Appointed 3 October 2022
***	Appointed 24 February 2022
Section 414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 allows the Board to include in the Strategic report 
information that it considers to be of strategic importance that would otherwise need to be 
disclosed in the Directors’ report. The information set out below, which would otherwise be 
required to be contained in the Directors’ report, has been included in the Strategic report.
Information required in the Directors’ report 
Strategic report section
Employee involvement and engagement
ESG: Empowering employees
Relationships with customers, suppliers and 
others
Stakeholder engagement and s172
Emissions disclosures
Climate reporting/TCFD disclosures
Table 5 
Substantial shareholders as at 30 September 2022
Executive Directors
Registered holding 
of ordinary shares
% of remaining number
of ordinary shares in issue1
Anders Holch Povlsen
25,078,486
22.52%
Unicorn Asset Management 
5,440,000
4.88%
Aviva Investors
4,408,945
3.96%
Marcus J Chorley
3,722,245
3.34%
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment LLC
3,422,561
3.07%
IPGL Limited
6,514,359
5.85%
Polar Capital 
4,528,736
4.07%
J O Hambro Capital Management
4,815,955
4.42%
Hargreaves Lansdown
4,999,525
4.49%
BlackRock
3,440,207
3.09%
1	
Excludes ordinary shares held in Treasury
This report was approved by the Board on 7 December 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
Rose-Marie Sexton
Company Secretary 
Numis Corporation Plc
45 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7BF
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 89
Annual Report 2022
Directors’ report

 90
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Independent auditors’ 
report to the members of 
Numis Corporation Plc
91
Consolidated Income 
Statement
96
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income
96
Consolidated Balance Sheet
97
Company Balance Sheet
98
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity
99
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity
100
Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows
101
Company Statement 
of Cash Flows
101
Notes to the 
Financial Statements
102
Financial
statements

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Numis Corporation Plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial 
statements (the “financial statements”):
•	give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 
30 September 2022 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s and company’s cash flows for 
the year then ended;
•	have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 
and
•	have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets as at 30 September 2022; the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows for 
the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the 
significant accounting policies.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) 
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
as applicable to other listed entities of public interest, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in note 6 “Administrative expenses”, we have provided no non-audit 
services to the Company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.
Our audit approach
Context
The Group is composed of three operating entities – Numis Securities Limited (UK) (“NSL”), Numis 
Securities Inc (US) (“NSI”) and Numis Europe Limited (Ireland) (“NEL”) which are subsidiaries of the 
Company, which is itself a holding company.
Overview
Audit scope
•	We performed a full scope audit of the Company and NSL, both of which we considered financially 
significant to the Group. 
•	We also concluded that NSI was financially significant, and instructed a PwC member firm in the 
United States to perform a full scope audit on our behalf. We performed a review of their working 
papers and evaluated the results of their audit procedures.
•	NEL commenced its trading operations in September 2022 and we tested the material financial 
statement line items.
Key audit matters
•	Timing of revenue recognition in relation to advisory and capital market fees
•	Valuation of strategic unlisted investments
Our key audit matters relate to the audit of the Group. There are no key audit matters related to 
the Company.
Materiality
•	Overall Group materiality: £2,201,000 (2021: £2,022,000) based on 5% of average 3-year profit 
before tax.
•	Overall Company materiality: £1,419,000 (2021: £1,344,000) based on 1% of total assets.
•	Performance materiality: £1,651,000 (2021: £1,500,000) (Group) and £1,065,000 (2021: £1,000,000) 
(Company).
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the 
auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any 
comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 91
Annual Report 2022
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Timing of revenue recognition in relation to 
advisory and capital market fees (Group)
Refer to note 4 “Revenue” to the financial 
statements.
In accordance with the accounting policies 
set out in Note 1c, advisory and capital 
market fees are only recognised once all 
performance obligations have been met, 
which is upon deal completion. Total revenue 
from advisory fees and capital market fees 
was £82 million (2021: £142 million), which 
represents 57% of total revenue for the year 
ended 2022 (2021: 66%).
The current year has been challenging for the 
business and there is a potential incentive 
for management to book revenue in the 
current period which relates to the future 
period. There is opportunity to do this as the 
performance obligation is not always publicly 
available and judgement can be required 
for more complex deals. Revenue could 
therefore be booked into the wrong period 
either fraudulently or in error.
We therefore concluded that it was 
appropriate to focus the audit on the cut-off 
of revenue recognition from advisory and 
capital markets fees.
Performed a walkthrough to understand and assess 
the controls in place over revenue recognition of 
advisory and capital market fees and concluded 
that the most effective audit approach to be 
substantive.
For a sample of fees, obtained contracts 
to determine whether management has 
appropriately identified the correct event that 
triggers the performance obligation, based on 
contractual terms.
Where the date of the performance obligation 
was publicly available, compared the date to 
external evidence.
Where the performance obligations were not clear 
from the contract for advisory deals, and where 
the event was not public, obtained independent 
confirmations from the customers or other 
appropriate audit evidence to confirm the timing 
and ensure that it was consistent with the timing 
of revenue recognition.
For the selected sample of contracts, verified 
the cash receipts to provide corroborative audit 
evidence that the performance obligation per the 
contract was completed
Based on the tests performed, we found no material 
misstatements, or evidence of management bias, 
related to the cut-off of revenue recognition in 
relation to advisory fees and capital market fees.
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Valuation of strategic unlisted 
investments (group)
Refer to note 18 “Trading Investments” to the 
financial statements.
In accordance with the accounting policies 
set out in Note 1h, for unlisted trading 
investments where no independent prices 
are quoted in active markets, fair values 
are determined using valuation techniques 
with reference to observable market data. 
These may include comparison to similar 
instruments where observable prices exist, 
discounted cash flow analysis and other 
valuation techniques commonly used by 
market participants.
Total unlisted investments were £18.4 million 
as at 30 September 2022 (30 September 
2021: £13.4 million). 
Management makes significant judgements 
over the valuation of unlisted trading 
investments when using valuation techniques 
and forming valuation estimates. We 
identified three investments that we 
considered a significant risk due to the 
magnitude and estimation uncertainty in 
the valuation.
Our audit work therefore focussed on the 
risk that the valuation of these positions, 
for which there are no quoted equivalent 
or recent transactions upon which to base 
valuations, is materially misstated. 
Performed a walkthrough to understand and assess 
the controls in place over the valuation of strategic 
unlisted investments and concluded that the most 
effective audit approach for the significant risk 
related to valuation to be substantive.
For the selected investments: With the assistance 
of our valuation experts, we assessed the 
reasonableness and consistency of the valuation 
techniques used and,using our experts’ experience 
of the industry and independently sourced data 
inputs, determined whether those valuations are 
within a reasonable range.
Using our experts’ market knowledge and 
experience, challenged management on those 
inputs where a reasonable alternative could 
have a material impact, as described in note 
29. We concluded that these inputs were within 
reasonable ranges.
Tested a sample of valuation inputs used by 
management by obtaining audit evidence 
including investee financial information and 
publicly available information, where available. 
Evaluated the valuation approach taken by 
management for consistency, both across 
investments and year on year.
Performed our own searches for relevant Company 
news or events (such as new rounds of financing) 
and assessed how management has considered 
these factors.
Based on the tests performed, we found no 
material misstatements relating to the valuation 
of unlisted investments.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 92
Annual Report 2022
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and 
the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.
The scope of the audit and the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures were determined by 
our risk assessment, the financial significance of financial statement line items and qualitative 
factors (including history of misstatement through fraud or error).
The Group operates in the UK, US and Ireland, with the UK being the most significant territory. The 
Group is composed of three operating entities – NSL, NSI and NEL – which are subsidiaries of the 
Company. We considered that NSL, NSI and the Company are financially significant components 
and we performed work on NEL for material balances.
We performed a full scope audit over the Company and NSL, both which we considered financially 
significant to the Group.
We also considered that the Group’s US subsidiary, NSI, was financially significant to the Group. We 
issued instructions to our PwC member firm in the United States to perform a full scope audit on our 
behalf. We performed a review of their working papers and evaluated the results of their audit 
procedures. This included reviewing key working papers and discussing and challenging the results 
of the work in higher risk areas of the audit. We concluded that the procedures performed over NSL 
were sufficient for the purposes of issuing our opinion.
This approach gave us coverage of over 95% of total assets and profit before tax in the Group 
financial statements.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative 
thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the 
scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole as follows:
Financial statements – Group
Financial statements – Company
Overall materiality
£2,201,000 (2021: £2,022,000).
£1,419,000 (2021: £1,344,000).
How we determined it
5% of average 3-year profit before tax
1% of total assets
Rationale for 
benchmark applied
We believe profit before tax is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the performance 
of the Group and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. We have used the average 3-year 
profit before tax given the fluctuation year on year. 
The benchmark is consistent with the prior year.
Total assets is an appropriate 
benchmark as the primary 
purpose of the entity is to act as a 
holding company.The benchmark 
is consistent with the prior year.
For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our 
overall Group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was £450,000 to 
£2,091,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less 
than our overall Group materiality.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, 
we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of 
our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining 
sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to 
£1,651,000 (2021: £1,500,000) for the Group financial statements and £1,065,000 (2021: £1,000,000) for 
the Company financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of 
misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and 
concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements 
identified during our audit above £110,000 (Group audit) (2021: £101,000) and £71,000 (Company audit) 
(2021: £67,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting 
for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	A detailed risk assessment to identify factors that could impact the going concern basis 
of accounting;
•	Understanding and evaluating the Group and Company’s current financial position and 
financial forecasts;
•	Obtaining and evaluating management’s going concern assessment;
•	Understanding and evaluating the Group’s current and forecast capital and liquidity positions. 
This included reviewing the results of stress testing performed by management of both liquidity and 
regulatory capital, including considering the severity of the stress scenarios that were used; and
•	Evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in the Financial Statements in relation to 
going concern.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 93
Annual Report 2022
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a 
guarantee as to the group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial 
statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information, 
which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information 
and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, 
we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the 
disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to 
report certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 September 2022 is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic 
report and Directors’ Report.
Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial 
statements, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in 
accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a 
whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-
compliance with laws and regulations related to the rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, and we 
considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial 
statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the 
financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and 
opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of 
controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to inappropriate recording of journals 
and management bias in accounting estimates. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 94
Annual Report 2022
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

The Group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they 
could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures 
performed by the Group engagement team and/or component auditors included:
•	Enquiries of management, internal audit and those charged with governance in relation to known 
or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;
•	Review of correspondence with regulators and internal audit reports in so far as they are related to 
the Financial Statements;
•	Identifying and testing journal entries and period end adjustments, including those posted by 
senior management or with unusual account combinations;
•	Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting 
estimates, specifically in relation to the valuation of unquoted investments; and
•	Incorporating unpredictability into the nature, timing and/or extent of our testing.
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become 
aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, 
as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, 
possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of 
items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular 
items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling 
to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on 
the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditors’ report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a 
body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. 
We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any 
other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•	adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our 
audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	the Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Mike Wallace (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
7 December 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 95
Annual Report 2022
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

For the year ended 30 September 2022
Note
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Revenue
4
144,229
215,582
Other operating income/(loss)
5
(1,432)
8,715
Total income
142,797
224,297
Administrative expenses
6
(123,716)
(147,859)
Operating profit
19,081
76,438
Finance income
8
3,906
1
Finance costs
9
(2,131)
(2,289)
Profit before tax
20,856
74,150
Taxation 
10
(7,153)
(16,303)
Profit for the year
13,703
57,847
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
13,703
57,847
Earnings per share
 Basic
27
12.4p
54.2p
 Diluted
27
11.9p
49.1p
All income is derived from continuing operations. The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part 
of these financial statements.
For the year ended 30 September 2022
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Profit for the year
13,703
57,847
Items that may be reclassified to the Income Statement on fulfilment of 
specific conditions:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
1,051
10
Items that will not be reclassified to the Income Statement:
Excess of tax deduction over cumulative share scheme charges
5,058
–
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
6,109
10
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, attributable to 
owners of the parent
19,812
57,857
All comprehensive income is derived from continuing operations. The notes on pages 102 to 127 form 
an integral part of these financial statements
 96
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Income Statement

As at 30 September 2022
Note
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
12
9,458
10,044
Intangible assets
13
275
558
Right-of-use assets
14
35,400
38,033
Deferred tax asset
16
1,354
4,006
46,487
52,641
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
17, 29
403,416
467,799
Trading investments
18
36,071
58,972
Stock borrowing collateral
19
20,354
18,623
Current income tax receivable
10,792
3,171
Derivative financial instruments
20
22
629
Cash and cash equivalents
21
105,653
134,125
576,309
683,319
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
22, 29
(385,720)
(481,946)
Trading investments
18
(10,340)
(27,217)
Lease liabilities
23
(605)
(491)
(396,665)
(509,654)
Net current assets
179,644 
173,665
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
23
(40,910)
(39,580)
Net assets
185,221
186,726
Equity
Share capital
24
5,718 
6,252 
Capital redemption reserve
24
534
–
Other reserves
24
10,641
9,037
Retained earnings
168,328
171,437
Total equity 
185,221
186,726
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
The Financial Statements on pages 96 to 127 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board 
on 7 December 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officers
Numis Corporation Plc
Registration No.2375296
 97
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Consolidated Balance Sheet

As at 30 September 2022
Note
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
15
110,695
97,883
110,695
97,883
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
17
31,337
36,469
31,337
36,469
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
22
(99)
–
(99)
–
Net current assets
31,239
36,469
Net assets
141,934
134,352
Equity
Share capital
24
5,718 
6,252 
Capital redemption reserve
24
534
–
Other reserves
24
8,215
7,662
Retained earnings
127,467
120,438
Total equity
141,934
134,352
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Company Balance Sheet
As provided by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent 
company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The parent company’s profit after 
tax for the financial year amounted to £25,000,000 (2021: £56,790,000).
The Financial Statements on pages 96 to 127 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board 
on 7 December 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officers
 98
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

For the year ended 30 September 2022
Note
Share
Capital
£’000
Capital 
redemption
 reserve 
£’000
Other
Reserves
£’000
Retained
Earnings
£’000
Total
Equity
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2021
6,252
–
9,037
171,437
186,726
Profit for the year
–
–
–
13,703
13,703
Other comprehensive income
–
–
1,051
5,058
6,109
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
1,051
18,761
19,812
Treasury shares cancelled
(534)
534
–
–
–
Dividends paid
11
–
–
–
(15,580)
(15,580)
Net movement in treasury shares
(8,183)
(8,183)
Movement in respect of employee share plans
–
–
553
2,442
2,995
Deferred tax related to share-based payments
16
–
–
–
(549)
(549)
Transactions with shareholders
(534)
534
553
(21,870)
(21,317)
Balance at 30 September 2022
5,718
534
10,641
168,328
185,221
Balance at 1 October 2020
5,922
–
 22,421
129,290
157,633
Profit for the year
–
–
–
57,847
57,847
Other comprehensive income
–
–
10
–
10
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
10
57,847
57,857
New shares issued
330
–
–
–
330
Dividends paid
11
–
–
–
(12,726)
(12,726)
Net movement in treasury shares
–
–
–
7,176
7,176
Movement in respect of employee share plans
–
–
(13,394)
(9,082)
(22,476)
Deferred tax related to share-based payments
16
–
–
–
(1,068)
(1,068)
Transactions with shareholders
330
–
(13,394)
(15,700)
(28,764)
Balance at 30 September 2021
6,252
–
9,037
171,437
186,726
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 99
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

For the year ended 30 September 2022
Share
Capital
£’000
Capital 
redemption
 reserve 
£’000
Other
Reserves
£’000
Retained
Earnings
£’000
Total
Equity
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2021
6,252
–
7,662
120,438
134,352
Profit for the year
–
–
–
25,000
25,000
Total comprehensive income for 
the year
–
–
–
25,000
25,000
Treasury shares cancelled
(534)
534
–
–
–
Dividends paid
–
–
–
(15,580)
(15,580)
Net movement in treasury shares
–
–
–
(8,183)
(8,183)
Movement in respect of employee 
share plans
–
–
553
5,792
6,345
Transactions with shareholders
(534)
534
553
(17,970)
(17,417)
Balance at 30 September 2022
5,718
534
8,215
127,467
141,934
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2020
5,922
–
21,056
55,284
82,262
Profit for the year
–
–
–
56,790
56,790
Total comprehensive income for 
the year
–
–
–
56,790
56,790
New shares issued
330
–
–
–
330
Dividends paid
–
–
–
(12,726)
(12,726)
Net movement in treasury shares
–
–
–
7,176
7,176
Movement in respect of employee 
share plans
–
–
(13,394)
13,913
519
Transactions with shareholders
330
–
(13,394)
8,364
(4,700)
Balance at 30 September 2021
6,252
–
7,662
120,438
134,352
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
As provided by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent 
company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The parent company’s profit 
after tax for the financial year amounted to £25,000,000 (2021: £56,790,000).
The Financial Statements on pages 96 to 127 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board 
on 7 December 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officers
 100
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 September 2022
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Financing activities
Amounts received from subsidiary
8,183
–
Purchases of own shares – Treasury
(8,183)
–
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
–
–
Opening cash and cash equivalents
–
–
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
–
–
Closing cash and cash equivalents
–
–
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Company Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 September 2022
Note
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Operating activities
Cash flows generated from operating activities
25
7,902
77,115
Taxation paid
(7,164)
(17,599)
Interest received in relation to operating activities 
8
436
1
Interest paid in relation to operating activities
9
–
(1,187)
Net cash generated from operating activities
1,174
58,330
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
12
(1,114)
(8,881)
Purchase of intangible assets
13
(19)
(310)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,133)
(9,191)
Financing activities
Purchases of own shares – Treasury
(8,183)
(1,555)
Purchases of own shares – Employee Benefit Trust
(3,385)
(22,663)
Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements – principal
(555)
(1,811)
Interest Paid
(537)
(1,102)
Dividends paid
11
(15,580)
(12,726)
Net cash used in financing activities
(28,240)
(39,857)
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
(28,199)
9,282
Opening cash and cash equivalents
134,125
125,217
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
(28,199)
9,282
Exchange movements
(273)
(374)
Closing cash and cash equivalents
21
105,653
134,125
The notes on pages 102 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 101
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

1. Accounting policies
Numis Corporation Plc is a UK AIM-listed public company incorporated and domiciled in the United 
Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 45 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7BF. The principal 
accounting policies applied in the preparation of the Annual Report and Financial Statements of the 
Group and the Company are described below. These policies have been consistently applied to the 
years presented, unless otherwise stated.
 (a) Basis of preparation 
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law 
and became UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to 
endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. Numis Corporation PLC transitioned to UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards in its consolidated financial statements on 1 October 2021. This 
change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, there is no impact on recognition, 
measurement or disclosure in the period reported as a result of the change in framework.
The financial statements of the Group and the Company have been prepared in accordance with 
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. 
These Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by 
the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair 
value through profit and loss. In publishing the Company Financial Statements together with those of 
the Group, the Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes.
The Financial Statements of the Group and the Company have been prepared on a going concern 
basis as the directors have satisfied themselves that, at the time of approving the Financial 
Statements and having taken into consideration the strength of the Group and Company Balance 
Sheet and the Group’s cash balances, the Group and the Company have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for at least the next 12 months.
No new standards or amendments to existing standards have been early adopted by the Group or 
the Company during the accounting year ended 30 September 2022. Minor amendments to IFRSs 
effective for the Group from 1 October 2021 have been issued by the IASB. These amendments are 
expected to have no or an immaterial impact on the Group.
There are no other new mandatory standards, amendments or interpretations for the Group’s and 
the Company’s accounting year ended 30 September 2022.
 (b) Basis of consolidation 
The Group’s Financial Statements consolidate the Financial Statements of the Company and all its 
subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose vehicles) over which 
the Group has control. The Group controls an entity where the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power to direct the activities of the entity. The existence and effect of potential voting 
rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the 
Group controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
All intra-Group transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation and consistent 
accounting policies are used throughout the Group for the purposes of consolidation.
(c) Revenue from contracts with customers
In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognised in the reporting period in which performance 
obligations are satisfied, or partly satisfied, by the Group. No revenue has been recognised for 
performance obligations satisfied in other periods. Revenue comprises institutional income from net 
trading gains or losses, institutional commissions and research fees, corporate retainers, advisory 
fees and capital markets deal fees. 
•	Net trading gains or losses are the realised and unrealised profits and losses from market-making 
long and short positions on a trade date basis, i.e. the date the trades are executed, and comprise 
all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities through profit 
and loss, together with any related dividend on positions held. Net trading gains or losses also 
include gains and losses arising on equity options and warrants received in lieu of corporate 
finance fees.
•	Institutional income comprises institutional commissions and research fees. Institutional 
commissions due are recognised on the date the trade is executed, i.e. trade date, and are 
calculated as a percentage of the trade value. The commission percentage is contractually 
determined in advance with the respective client and only recognised when the trade is 
completed. Research fees are recorded in the period that the performance obligations relate to, 
and the contract price can be variable from period to period based on the level or standard of 
research provided. Contracts are in place between the Group and each of its research clients 
and amounts recorded are either over the period for which the performance obligation relates 
to, or where discretionary, based on variable considerations derived from the most recent level 
of research provided, updated for recent events or communications with the client.
•	Corporate retainers are accrued over the period for which the performance obligation relates 
to and are based on a contract between the Group and the client, which is typically renewed 
annually with a notice period. 
•	Advisory fees and capital markets deal fees are only recognised when the full performance 
obligations have been met, which is upon deal completion.
(d) Segment reporting
The Group is managed as an integrated investment banking business and is considered one 
segment. Although there are different revenue types, there is no separate profitability information 
produced in relation to the different revenue types. Consequently, the Group is managed as a 
single business unit. The chief operating decision-makers, who are responsible for allocating 
resources and assessing performance, have been identified as the Co-Chief Executive Officers. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 102
Annual Report 2022
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies continued
(e) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any 
impairment losses. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable 
to bring the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is provided for on a 
straight-line basis at the following rates:
Office and computer equipment	
3 years
Furniture and fittings	
	
5 years
Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the 
lease or estimated useful economic life, whichever is shorter.
(f) Intangible assets
Purchased computer software costs are capitalised where it is probable that future economic 
benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group or Company and the cost of the 
assets can be reliably measured. Software is stated at cost, including those costs incurred to bring 
to use the specific software, less amortisation and provisions for impairment, if any. Costs are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is typically 
three years. Costs associated with maintaining the software are recognised as an expense 
when incurred.
(g) Impairment of assets
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment and intangibles is reviewed for impairment on 
an annual basis or when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may be 
impaired. If such an indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is compared to the 
carrying value to determine impairment loss.
(h) Financial assets and liabilities
The Group classifies its financial assets and liabilities depending on the purpose for that the assets 
and liabilities were acquired. Management determines the classification of its investments at initial 
recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each reporting date.
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets comprise trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments), trading 
investments, stock borrowing collateral, derivative financial instruments, and cash and cash 
equivalents. Financial assets are initially recognised at transaction price on trade date. Financial 
assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired 
or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.
Trade and other receivables, stock borrowing collateral and cash and cash equivalents are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Trading investments and derivative 
financial instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial assets that are classified as held at amortised cost using the effective interest method are 
subsequently carried at the amount recognised at initial recognition minus principal repayments, 
plus or minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the 
maturity amount, and expected credit loss allowance.
Financial assets that are classified as fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at 
fair value and the changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss. For trading investments 
that are quoted in active markets, fair values are determined by reference to the last quoted price. 
For trading investments that are not quoted in active markets and independent prices are not 
available, fair values are determined using valuation techniques with reference to observable 
market data. These may include comparison to similar instruments where observable prices 
exist, discounted cash flow analysis and other valuation techniques commonly used by market 
participants. For assets where there are unobservable inputs, the best information available in the 
circumstances is used, which may include the entity’s own data, taking into account all information 
about market participant assumptions that is reasonably available.
Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, trading instruments and lease 
liabilities. Financial liabilities are initially recognised at transaction price on trade date and are 
derecognised when they are extinguished. Trading instruments comprise short market-making 
positions represented by securities listed on the LSE Main and AIM markets as well as overseas 
exchanges.
Trade and other payables and lease liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. Trading instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities that are classified as held at amortised cost using the effective interest method 
are subsequently carried at the amount recognised at initial recognition minus principal repayments, 
plus or minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the 
maturity amount. Financial liabilities that are classified as fair value through profit or loss are 
subsequently carried at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss. 
Trading instruments are quoted in active markets and their fair values are determined by reference 
to the last quoted price) 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 103
Annual Report 2022
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies continued
(i) Trade and other receivables and expected credit losses 
Trade and other receivables comprise of receivables from clients, brokers and other counterparties, 
loans to employees, other receivables including corporate finance receivables, and prepayments. 
In accordance with IFRS 9, trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for 
expected credit losses. For all trade and other receivables, the Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified 
approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance. To 
measure expected credit losses, receivables have been grouped based on days past due, with a 
higher credit risk associated with receivables longer past due. Corporate finance receivables by 
payment profile have been assessed based on corresponding historical credit losses. The historical 
loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic 
factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the corporate finance receivables. The Group 
considers the general economic outlook of the countries in which it operates and is owed monies, 
and accordingly determines whether an adjustment is required to the historical loss rates. 
Prepayments arise where the Group pays cash in advance of services being provided to the Group. 
As the service is provided, the prepayment is reduced, and the expense recognised in the income 
statement. Accrued income includes fees or other amounts where the Group has achieved its 
performance obligations but have yet to be either invoiced or received at the reporting date. 
(j) Stock borrowing collateral
The Group enters stock borrowing arrangements with certain institutions that are entered into on 
a collateralised basis with cash advanced as collateral. Under such arrangements a security is 
borrowed with a commitment to return it at a future date at an agreed price. 
The securities borrowed are not recognised on the balance sheet. An asset is recorded on the 
balance sheet as stock borrowing collateral at the amount of cash collateral advanced.
No expected credit losses are anticipated for stock borrowing collateral, due to the balances 
being fully collateralised and there being no history of any material credit losses in respect of 
these balances.
(k) Derivative financial instruments
The Group occasionally utilises forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the exchange 
risk on actual transactions related to amounts receivable, denominated in a currency other than 
the functional currency of the business. The Group has not sought to apply hedge accounting.
The Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts do not subject the Group to risk from exchange 
rate movements because the gains and losses on such contracts offset losses and gains, 
respectively, on the underlying foreign currency transactions to which they relate. The forward 
contracts are recorded at fair value at each period end. Fair value is calculated using the forward 
foreign exchange rates prevailing at the period end.
All gains and losses resulting from the settlement of the contracts are recorded within other income/
expense in the income statement.
The Group does not enter into forward foreign exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging future 
anticipated transactions.
Equity options and warrants are initially accounted for and measured at fair value on the date the 
Company or Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the derivative contract and 
subsequently measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement is taken to the income 
statement within revenue, as part of net trading gains or losses. Fair values are obtained from quoted 
prices prevailing in active markets, including recent market transactions and valuation techniques 
including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models as appropriate. All derivatives are 
recognised as assets when their fair value is positive and liabilities when their fair value is negative.
(l) Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities mainly represent amounts of tax that will become recoverable 
and payable in future accounting periods. Generally, they arise as a result of temporary differences 
where the time at which profits and losses are recognised for tax purposes differs from the time 
at which the relevant transaction is recorded in the Financial Statements. A deferred tax asset 
represents a tax reduction that is expected to arise in a future period. A deferred tax liability 
represents taxes which will become payable in a future period as a result of a current or prior 
year transaction. 
Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on all taxable and deductible temporary 
differences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is 
settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit 
will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilised.
(m) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises cash and demand deposits. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid 
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of change in value. 
(n) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value, which is the agreed market price at 
the time goods or services are provided and are subsequently recorded at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. The Group accrues for all goods and services consumed but as yet 
unbilled at amounts representing management’s best estimate of fair value. Client, broker and other 
counterparty balances represent unsettled purchased securities transactions and are recognised on 
a trade date basis.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 104
Annual Report 2022
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies continued
Deferred income represents fees received in advance of performance obligations being met. 
This can be in relation to corporate retainers, which are usually received in advance and accrued 
over the period for which the service is provided, or in relation to other fees received prior to the 
performance obligations being met.
Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, 
discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the respective leases.
(o) Provisions
Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is 
probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation and it can be 
reliably estimated. Provisions where the probable transfer of economic benefit is expected to occur 
more than 12 months from the balance sheet date are discounted to the net present value using an 
effective discount rate that reliably calculates the present value of the future obligation.
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain 
future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot 
be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the Financial Statements; however, 
they are disclosed unless their likely occurrence is remote.
(p) Clients’ assets and deposits
All assets and money held on behalf of clients has been excluded from the balances of cash and 
cash equivalents and amounts due to clients, brokers and other counterparties. Client money is 
not held directly but is placed on deposit in segregated bank accounts with a financial institution.
(q) Pension costs
The Group has a Group Personal Pension Plan and death in service benefits that are available to 
eligible employees of the Group. The plan is a defined contribution scheme and costs of the scheme 
are charged to the income statement in the period in which they arise.
(r) Leases
The Group leases offices in London, New York and Dublin. Leases are accounted for in accordance 
with IFRS 16 and the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability. The 
lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments discounted using the 
Group’s weighted average borrowing rate. The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing 
the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability and by reducing the carrying amount to 
reflect lease payments made. The right-of-use asset is measured at amortised cost and depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the length of the lease term. 
(s) Foreign currency translation
Items included in the Financial Statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). 
The consolidated Financial Statements of the Group are presented in Sterling, which is the Group’s 
and Company’s functional currency and the Group’s presentation currency.
In individual entities, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the 
functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each 
balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences are taken to the 
income statement, except for exchange differences arising on non-monetary assets and liabilities 
where the changes in fair value are taken to other comprehensive income. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates 
prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined.
On consolidation, the results of overseas businesses are translated into the presentation currency of 
the Group at the average exchange rates for the period where these approximate to the rate at the 
date of transaction. If the average exchange rates for the period do not approximate to the rate at 
the date of transaction, income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the 
transactions. Assets and liabilities of overseas businesses are translated into the presentation 
currency of the Group at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Exchange 
differences arising are taken to other comprehensive income and then classified as other reserves. 
Cumulative translation differences arising after the transition to IFRS are taken to the income 
statement on disposal of the net investment.
(t) Taxation
Taxation on the profit for the year comprises both current and deferred tax as well as adjustments 
in respect of prior years. Taxation is charged or credited to the income statement, except when it 
relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is also included within 
equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates 
enacted, or substantially enacted, by the balance sheet date.
 (u) Employee share ownership plans
The Group has a number of Employee Share Ownership Plans (ESOP), as set out in note 26, which 
provide a mechanism for the Board to reward employees of the Group share-based payments on a 
discretionary basis. An Employee Benefit Trust established by the Company acquires ordinary shares 
in the Company to be held on trust for the benefit of, and ultimately distributed to, employees either 
on the exercise of share options or other remuneration arrangements.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 105
Annual Report 2022
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies continued
The ESOP arrangements currently in place are all equity-settled plans. In the case of equity-settled 
awards, the cost of share awards made under employee share ownership plans, as measured by the 
fair value of awards at the date of granting, are taken to the income statement over the vesting 
period (if any) and disclosed under staff costs with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value is 
based on the market value of the shares on the grant date. Where awards provide no entitlement to 
dividends over the vesting period, the market value of the shares on grant date is discounted by the 
dividend yield over the expected life of the award. Where awards have certain vesting assumptions 
or conditions, the accounting policy is described in (w) Critical judgements and estimates.
On consolidation, the cost of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust is deducted as an 
adjustment to equity. Gains and losses arising on Employee Benefit Trust related transactions are 
taken directly to equity.
(v) Dividends
Dividend distribution is recognised in equity in the Financial Statements in the period in which 
dividends are approved. Final dividends are recognised at the date they are approved by 
shareholders at the annual general meeting.
(w) Critical judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial 
Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. 
Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or 
actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those of estimates. The judgements and estimates 
which might have a significant effect on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities over the next 
12 months are set out below:
Valuation of financial assets and liabilities held at fair value where there is no quoted price
Such assets principally comprise minority holdings in unlisted investments and are valued with 
reference to financial information and non-financial information available at the time of original 
investment updated to reflect all relevant changes to that information at the reporting date. 
This determination may require significant judgement in determining changes in fair value since 
the last valuation date. In making this judgement the Group evaluates among other factors recent 
offerings or transaction prices, changes in the business outlook affecting a particular investment 
since purchase, performance of the underlying business against original projections, valuations of 
similar quoted companies and relevant industry valuation techniques, for example, discounted cash 
flow or market approach. A sensitivity analysis has been prepared and disclosed in note 29.
(x) Treasury shares
Treasury shares are recorded by the Group when ordinary shares are acquired by the Company. 
The main reason for acquiring shares in this way is to meet share-based remuneration awards 
to employees in the form of shares in a way that does not dilute the percentage holdings of 
existing shareholders. Treasury shares are held at cost and reduce the Group’s net assets by 
the amount spent. 
In addition to the above accounting policies, the following relate specifically to the Company:
(y) Investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provision for impairment. 
Where the Company makes equity-settled awards for the benefit of its subsidiaries, the value of 
such awards is treated as an additional cost of investment in these subsidiaries.
(z) Share-based payments
In determining the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments and the related charge to 
the income statement, the Group makes assumptions about future events and market conditions. 
In particular, an estimate must be formed as to the likely number of shares that will vest along with 
the fair value of each award granted. Where relevant, the fair value is determined by using the 
Black‑Scholes valuation model or, for certain awards, a stochastic valuation model, both of which 
are dependent on estimates relating to the Group’s future dividend policy, the timing of prospective 
option exercises and the future volatility in the price of the Company’s shares. Certain awards 
contain non-market conditions such as personal and share price performance measures. 
A sensitivity analysis has been prepared and disclosed in note 26.
 106
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Profit of the parent company
As provided by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent 
company is not presented as part of these Financial Statements. The parent company’s profit 
after tax for the financial year amounted to £25,000,000 (2021: £56,790,000). 
3. Geographical information
The Group earns its revenue in the following geographical locations:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
United Kingdom
137,056
207,200
United States of America
7,141
8,382
Ireland
32
–
 
144,229
215,582
The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of non-current assets (excluding deferred tax 
assets) by the geographical area in which the assets are located:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
United Kingdom
42,225
46,109
United States of America
2,584
2,526
Ireland
323
–
 
45,132
48,635
Geographical information is based on the location of the contracting legal entity. The group’s Irish 
subsidiary, Numis Europe Limited, commenced trading in September 2022. Its non-current assets 
primarily comprise its right-of-use asset in respect of its office lease in Dublin. 
4. Revenue
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Net trading gains
12,764
19,754
Institutional income 
37,314
40,957
Equities income
50,078
60,711
Corporate retainers
12,395
12,471
Advisory fees
39,023
30,884
Capital markets fees
42,733
111,516
Investment banking income
94,151
154,871
Revenue 
144,229
215,582
5. Other operating income/(loss)
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Investment activity net gains/(loss)
(1,432)
8,715
Other operating income represents net gains (losses) made on investments which are held outside of 
the market-making portfolio, which are disclosed within Trading Investments.
 107
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

6. Administrative expenses 
Administrative expenses comprise the following:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
1,731
1,154
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
3,063
3,262
Amortisation of intangible assets
302
158
Staff costs (see note 7)
81,290
108,614
Other non-staff costs
36,736
34,191
Auditors’ remuneration
 Audit services
 Audit fee for the Company’s Financial Statements and Annual Report
50
38
 Statutory audit services provided to UK subsidiaries of the Company
247
209
 Statutory audit services provided to a US subsidiary
123
126
 Statutory audit services provided to an Irish subsidiary
21
–
 Other services
 Audit-related assurance services
153
108
 
123,716
147,859
Other non-staff costs comprise expenses incurred in the normal course of business, the most 
significant of which relate to technology, information systems, market data, brokerage, clearing 
and exchange fees. Other than non-audit related services above there were no fees payable to 
the auditors for any taxation or non-audit services in 2022 or 2021.
7. Staff costs
Amounts in relation to employees (including executive directors) are as shown below.
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Wages and salaries
62,089
81,968
Social security costs
9,204
14,686
Pension costs (see note 28b)
2,106
1,792
Share-based payments
6,345
9,634
Other staff costs
1,547
534
 
81,290
108,614
Compensation costs as a percentage of revenue have increased to 56% (2021: 50%). 
The share-based payment award costs shown above are in respect of share-based payment 
transactions which are accounted for as equity-settled awards. The share-based payment charge 
arises from the combined impact of all historic unvested awards. 
Number of staff employed:
2022
Number
2021
Number
Monthly average for the year
Front office
226
213
Support functions
98
79
Total monthly average for the year
324
292
At the year end
336
319
Details of directors’ emoluments are presented in the Remuneration report on page 81. 
8. Finance income
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Interest income
477
1
Net foreign exchange gains
3,429
–
 
3,906
1
Interest income comprises interest on surplus cash balances. Net foreign exchange gains relate to 
activities in the normal course of business and investments held in foreign currencies, such as USD.
9. Finance costs
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Interest expense
495
439
Interest expense on lease liabilities
1,636
1,102
Net foreign exchange losses
–
721
Other finance costs
–
27
 
2,131
2,289
Interest expense comprises amounts paid on overdrawn balances with clearing institutions and 
costs associated with the stand-by RCF facility. 
Interest expense on lease liabilities relates to the leases treated as finance leases under IFRS 16. 
Net foreign exchange losses related to activities in the normal course of business and investments 
held in foreign currencies, such as USD.
 108
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

10. Taxation
The tax charge is based on the profit for the year and comprises:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Current tax
Corporation tax at 19.0% (2021: 19.0%)
6,395
10,865
Corporation tax surcharge at 8.0% (2021: 8.0%)
631
2,544
Adjustments in respect of prior years (current tax)
(2,131)
2,351
Adjustments in respect of prior years (deferred tax)
2,486
–
Total current tax
7,381
15,760
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of timing differences
(236)
508
Changes in tax rate
8
35
Total tax charge
7,153
16,303
Factors affecting the tax charge for the year:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Profit before tax
20,856
74,150
Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of UK 
corporation tax 19% (2021: 19%)
3,963
14,088
Effects of:
Non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income 
138
(1,964)
Profits taxed at rates other than 19%, principally banking surcharge tax
631
2,544
Permanent differences in respect of share-based payments
1,991
(1,101)
Tax on share-based payments vesting in period taken to Reserves
103
–
Realised gains on investments in period
1,243
–
Adjustments in respect of prior years
355
2,330
Changes in tax rate and other temporary differences
(1,271)
406
Total tax charge
7,153
16,303
The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK was 19% (2021: 19%) during the reporting period. 
The Group was subject to UK banking surcharge tax in the period, levied at 8% on annual UK profits 
chargeable to corporation tax in excess of £25m. From 1 April 2023, the corporation tax rate will 
increase to 25% and the threshold of taxable profits at which banking surcharge tax will apply 
will be increased to £100m. The Group has used 27% (19% corporation tax, plus 8% UK banking 
surcharge) for the calculation of the deferred tax likely to crystalise before April 2023 and 25% in 
respect of the portion of the deferred tax assets and liabilities likely to crystalise after that date. 
As well as a tax charge of £2.5m arising in respect of permanent differences for share-based 
payments, the tax charge has benefitted from a one-off adjustment of £2.6m in the period related 
to prior period share-based remuneration vesting at the end of FY21 (a further benefit of £4.9m has 
also been taken to equity in this regard). A further one-off prior year adjustment of £2.49m has been 
made regarding deferred tax liabilities arising in respect of unrealised gains in the non-trading 
investment portfolio as at FY21, of which £1.76m has been released in the current period.
11. Dividends
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Final dividend for year ended 30 September 2020 (6.50p)
–
6,825
Interim dividend for year ended 30 September 2021 (5.50p)
–
5,901
Final dividend for year ended 30 September 2021 (8.0p)
8,943
–
Interim dividend for year ended 30 September 2022 (6.0p)
6,637
–
Distribution to equity holders of Numis Corporation Plc 
15,580
12,726
Dividends declared on shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust that have not been purchased 
by or vested in employees are waived under the terms of the employee share ownership 
plan arrangements.
 109
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

12. Property, plant and equipment
Group
The movement during the year and the prior year was as follows:
Furniture and 
fittings
£’000
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Office and
computer
equipment
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2021
1,785
7,142
3,454
12,381
Additions
780
90
244
1,114
Disposals
(8)
–
(3)
(11)
Foreign exchange
35
46
78
160
At 30 September 2022
2,592
7,278
3,773
13,643
 
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 October 2021
358
499
1,480
2,337
Charge for the year
453
470
808
1,731
Disposals
(1)
–
–
(1)
Foreign exchange
24
20
76
119
At 30 September 2022
833
989
2,363
4,185
 
Net book value
At 30 September 2021
1,427
6,643
1,974
10,044
At 30 September 2022
1,759
6,289
1,410
9,458
Furniture and 
fittings
£’000
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Office and
computer
equipment
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
588
5,406
2,514
8,508
Additions
1,328
6,465
1,088
8,881
Disposals
(131)
(4,729)
(148)
(5,008)
At 30 September 2021
1,785
7,142
3,454
12,381
 
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 October 2020
301
4,400
1,211
5,912
Charge for the year
128
600
426
1,154
Disposals
(71)
(4,501)
(157)
(4,729)
At 30 September 2021
358
499
1,480
2,337
 
Net book value
At 30 September 2020
287
1,006
1,303
2,596
At 30 September 2021
1,427
6,643
1,974
10,044
 110
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

13. Intangible assets
Group
The movement during the year and the prior year was as follows:
Purchased software
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 
1,303
993
Additions
19
310
Disposals
–
–
At 30 September 
1,322
1,303
 
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 October
745
587
Charge for the year
302
158
Disposals
–
–
At 30 September
1,047
745
 
Net book value
At 1 October 
558
406
At 30 September 
275
558
14. Right-of-use assets
Group
The Group’s right-of-use assets were as follows:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Asset
At 1 October
38,033
4,020
Additions
–
37,408
Depreciation
(3,063)
(3,262)
Foreign exchange
430
(133)
At 30 September
35,400
38,033
Right-of-use assets primarily relate to existing property leases in London, New York and Dublin. 
Right-of-use assets are measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount 
of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognised in the balance sheet.
15. Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Company
a) Company investment in subsidiaries
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
At 1 October
97,883
88,835
Capital contribution into Numis Europe Limited
6,467
–
Additions in respect of equity settled share scheme awards
6,345
9,048
At 30 September
110,695
97,883
Additions in respect of equity settled share scheme awards relate to awards made under the Group’s 
share plans to employees in subsidiaries.
b) Subsidiaries
The Company beneficially owns the entire issued ordinary share capital of the companies listed 
below, there being no other class of share. All shares have identical voting rights. All companies 
listed operate in their country of incorporation and have financial year ends that are coterminous 
with the Company:
Subsidiary 
Country 
of incorporation 
Principal 
activity 
Proportion 
of shareholding
Numis Securities Limited 
United Kingdom 
Financial services 
100%
Numis Securities Inc.* 
United States of America 
Financial services 
100%
Numis Europe Limited
Ireland
Financial services
100%
Numis Asset Management Limited
United Kingdom 
Dormant
100%
Numis Nominees (Client) Limited
United Kingdom 
Dormant 
100%
Numis Nominees (NSI) Limited*
United Kingdom 
Dormant 
100%
Numis Nominees Limited* 
United Kingdom 
Dormant 
100%
*	 Held through a subsidiary of the Company
The Companies incorporated in the United Kingdom have their registered office at 45 Gresham 
Street, London EC2V 7BF, England. Numis Securities Inc. has its registered office at 25th Floor, 575 
Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA and Numis Europe Limited has its registered office at 
Riverview House, 21-23 City Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 111
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

16. Deferred tax
The movement in the deferred tax balance is as follows:
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
At 1 October
4,006
5,617
Prior year adjustment recognised in the income statement
(2,486)
–
Other current year amounts recognised in the income statement
229
(543)
Amounts recognised in equity
(395)
(1,068)
At 30 September
1,354
4,006
Share plan
arrangements
£’000
Capital
allowances
£’000
Investment
Portfolio
£’000
Other
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 October 2021
3,313
(266)
–
959
4,006
Prior year adjustment recognised in 
the income statement
–
–
(2,486)
–
(2,486)
Other amounts recognised in the 
income statement
(893)
79
1,758
(715)
229
Amounts recognised in equity
(548)
–
–
154
(395)
At 30 September 2022
1,870
(187)
(728)
398
1,354
Deferred tax assets have been recognised reflecting management’s confidence that there will be 
sufficient levels of future taxable gains arising from the Group’s normal course of business against 
which the deferred tax asset can be utilised. Of this balance £806,000 (2021: £1,738,000) is expected 
to be recovered within 12 months. The amount of unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset 
is recognised in the balance sheet was $5.5m (2021: nil), which has no expiry date. A one-off prior 
year adjustment of £2.49m has been made regarding deferred tax liabilities arising in respect of 
unrealised gains in the non-trading investment portfolio as at FY21.
17. Trade and other receivables
The following amounts are included within trade and other receivables:
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Due from clients, brokers and other counterparties (excluding corporate 
finance receivables)
365,757
440,420
Loans to employees
5
31
VAT receivable
–
234
Other receivables, including corporate finance receivables
31,517
22,268
Prepayments
5,638
4,403
Accrued income
499
443
403,416
467,799
Company
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Amounts due from subsidiaries
31,337
36,469
Trade and other receivables principally comprise amounts due from and due to clients, brokers and 
other counterparties. Such amounts represent unsettled sold securities transactions and are stated 
gross. The magnitude of such balances varies with the level of business being transacted around the 
reporting date. Loans to employees principally comprise season ticket loans. 
Trade and other receivables are stated net of expected credit losses. The movement in expected 
credit losses during the year shown below relates solely to corporate finance receivables and is 
recorded in the income statement within administrative expenses.
Expected net credit losses:
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
At 1 October
73
80
Movement to level of expected credit losses
18
(7)
At 30 September
91
73
Due to the immaterial nature of the Group’s provision for expected credit losses, trade and other 
receivables are shown net of this provision on the balance sheet.
For amounts due from clients, brokers and other counterparties and loans to employees, expected 
credit losses are nil due to the nature of the counterparties, the short-term nature of the receivables 
and the recent historical loss rates of zero.
 112
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

18. Trading investments
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Long positions:
Listed on the LSE main market
14,263
38,897
Listed on AIM
2,964
5,270
Listed overseas
410
1,368
Unlisted UK investments
5,434
5,873
Unlisted overseas investments
13,000
7,564
36,071
58,972
Included within trading investments is £18,434,000 (2021: £21,783,000) of investments held outside of 
the market-making portfolio. There were new investment purchases of £3,974,000, disposals of 
£8,017,000 and fair value net decreases of £994,000 in relation to these investments.
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Short positions:
Listed on the LSE main market
9,654
24,526
Listed on AIM
686
2,645
Listed overseas
–
45
10,340
27,217
19 Stock borrowing collateral
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Stock borrowing collateral
20,354
18,623
The Group enters stock borrowing arrangements with a small number of counterparties, which 
are entered into on a collateralised basis with cash advanced as collateral. The asset recorded 
on the balance sheet relates to the amount of cash collateral advanced. The expected credit 
losses in relation to stock borrowing collateral are £nil (2021: £nil), due to these balances being 
fully collateralised.
20. Derivative financial instruments
Group
Options and warrants
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
At 1 October 
629
18
Exercised
–
–
Revaluation to fair value in the year recognised in the income statement
(607)
611
At 30 September
22
629
The Group holds equity options and warrants over certain securities. Although the options and 
warrants themselves are not listed the underlying securities may be listed or otherwise. In the 
information presented above the listed distinction relates to the underlying security. 
21. Cash and cash equivalents
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents included in current assets
105,653
134,125
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and deposits held at call with banks and other 
institutions.
The balances exclude deposits of clients’ monies placed by the Group with banks on an agency 
basis. All such deposits are designated by the banks as clients’ funds and are not available to the 
banks to satisfy any liability the Group may have with them at that time.
 113
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

22. Trade and other payables
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Amounts due to clients, brokers and other counterparties
347,895
415,460
VAT payable
1,563
–
Social security and PAYE
1,689
1,794
Other payables
1,200
3,189
Deferred income
1,325
3,135
Accruals
32,048
58,368
385,720
481,946
As a result of their short-term nature, the fair value of trade and other payables held at amortised 
cost approximates to their carrying value. All deferred income from the previous financial year was 
recognised as income in the current financial year.
Company
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Amounts due to subsidiaries
99
–
23. Lease liabilities
The Group’s lease liabilities were as follows:
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Liabilities
At 1 October
40,071
4,605
Additions
–
37,408
Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements
(655)
(2,913)
Unwind of discount 
1,606
1,102
Foreign exchange
492
(131)
At 30 September
41,515
40,071
Of which:
Current liabilities
605
491
Non-current liabilities
40,910
39,580
Total
41,515
40,071
At 30 September 2022, the Group had the following commitments in respect of leases:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Outstanding commitments
Within one year
700
665
One to two years
3,562
645
Two to five years
14,291
12,663
Five to ten years
20,417
21,412
Over ten years
15,765
19,488
54,735
54,873
24. Share capital and other reserves
Share capital
Group and Company
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Authorised
140,000,000 (2021: 140,000,000) 5p ordinary shares
7,000
7,000
Allotted, issued and fully paid
114,367,448 (2021: 125,038,536) 5p ordinary shares
5,718
6,252
During the year there were no ordinary shares issued (2021: 6,600,000). During the year 3,063,989 
(2021: 500,000) ordinary shares of 5p with an aggregate nominal value of £153,000 (2021: £25,000) 
were purchased by the Company into Treasury shares. Retained earnings have been reduced by 
£8,183,000 (2021: £1,555,000) being the consideration paid for these shares. During the year there 
were no ordinary shares of 5p transferred from Treasury shares to the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust. 
For the year ended 30 September 2021, 3,200,000 ordinary shares of 5 were transferred at a 
weighted average cost of £2.73 per share). The number of shares held in Treasury at 30 September 
2022 totals 3,063,989 (2021: 10,671,088). 
The Company reduced its capital by the cancellation of 10,671,088 ordinary shares of £0.05 
purchased by the Company as Treasury shares between June 2013 and February 2021 following a 
special resolution passed at the AGM on 8 February 2022. This created a capital redemption reserve 
of £534,000 
 114
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

24. Share capital and other reserves continued
Treasury shares
Group and Company
2022
Number 
of shares
2021
Number 
of shares
At 1 October
10,671,088
13,371,800
Cancelled
(10,671,088)
–
Purchased
3,063,989
500,00
Transferred to EBT
–
(3,200,000)
At 30 September
3,063,989
10,671,088
Other reserves
Group
Foreign 
exchange 
translation
£’000
Equity-settled 
share plans
£’000
Total other 
reserves
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2021
1,375
7,662
9,037
Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
1,051
–
1,051
Employee share plans: value of employee service
–
6,345
6,345
Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on 
vesting of awards
–
(5,792)
(5,792)
Balance at 30 September 2022
2,426
8,215
10,641
Group
Foreign 
exchange 
translation
£’000
Equity-settled 
share plans
£’000
Total other 
reserves
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2020
1,365
21,056
22,421
Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
10
–
10
Employee share plans: value of employee service
–
9,250
9,250
Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on 
vesting of awards
–
(22,644)
(22,644)
Balance at 30 September 2021
1,375
7,662
9,037
Company
Equity-settled 
share plans
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2021
7,662
Employee share plans: value of employee service
6,345
Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards
(5,792)
Balance at 30 September 2022
8,215
Company
Equity-settled 
share plans
£’000
Balance at 1 October 2020
21,056 
Employee share plans: value of employee service
9,250
Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards
(22,644)
Balance at 30 September 2021
7,662
25. Cash flows generated from operating activities
Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash flows generated from operating activities:
Group
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Profit before tax
20,856
74,150
Net finance costs/(income)
(1,775)
2,288
Disposals of property, plant and equipment
11
279
Depreciation charges on property, plant and equipment
1,731
1,154
Depreciation charges on right-of-use assets
3,063
3,262
Amortisation charges on intangible assets
302
158
Share plan charges
6,345
9,634
(Increase)/decrease in trading investments
7,050
(20,883)
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
72,571
(141,643)
(Increase) in stock borrowing collateral
(1,731)
(401)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
(101,129)
149,728
(Increase)/decrease in derivatives
606
(611)
Cash flows generated from operating activities
7,902
77,115
 115
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

25. Cash flows generated from operating activities continued
Company 
The Company does not typically hold any cash balances, and cash-based transactions are carried 
out on its behalf by Numis Securities Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. The operating profit of the 
Company includes dividends from subsidiary companies of £25,000,000 (2021: £57,000,000) that 
passed through intercompany accounts.
26. Employee share plans
The Company has established an Employee Benefit Trust in respect of the Group share plans which 
is funded by the Group and has the authority to acquire shares from the Company or in the open 
market to meet the Group’s future obligations under these plans. At 30 September 2022, the Trust 
owned 2,199,436 ordinary shares at 5p in the Company (2021: 3,400,981) with a market value of £5.1m 
at 30 September 2022 (2021: £12.2m).
2022
Number
of shares
2021
Number
of shares
At 1 October
3,400,981
616,537
Acquired during the year
1,058,203
6,358,397
New issuance of shares
–
6,600,000
Transferred from treasury
–
3,200,000
Shares vested in employees
(2,259,748)
(11,264,299)
Shares used to satisfy option exercises
–
(2,109,654)
At 30 September 
2,199,436
3,400,981
The figures in the above table are presented on a trade date basis.
At 30 September 2022, the number of shares held by the Trust in respect of awards made to, but not 
yet vested in, employees was nil (2021: nil shares). 
A description of the Group’s active share plans and their operation is set out below:
Long Term Incentive Plan 2021
The Board approved this plan on 7 December 2020.
Eligibility
Any director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in 
the plan.
Nature of plan
The plan is designed to increase the interest of participant(s) in the Company’s long-term business 
goals and performance. Vesting can occur no earlier than the third anniversary of grant and are 
subject to a further one-year holding period.
The new LTIP awards issued under the 2021 LTIP Plan are subject to target performance conditions 
measured over the three-year vesting period and similar personal performance conditions as set 
out under the 2016 LTIP Plan. The fair value calculations have been undertaken by specialist 
independent remuneration consultants who were engaged in advising on the formulation and 
valuation of the plan.
Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth 
anniversary of the grant date.
Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.
Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2017 Plan
The Board approved this plan on 7 November 2017.
Eligibility
Any director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in 
the plan.
Nature of plan
The plan was devised broadly to follow the terms of the earlier Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2008 Plan 
and was put in place as no awards could be made under this plan after the tenth anniversary of the 
adoption on 29 January 2008.
The plan is open to both UK and US directors and employees as a deferred bonus payment in the 
form of shares. Awards vest in the hands of the participant in three equal tranches no earlier than at 
the end of the first, second and third anniversaries following the award date if they continue to be 
employed by the Group on those dates.
Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.
In 2021, the following plans were also active. These were fully settled by 30 September 2021:
Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2008 Plan
The Board approved this plan on 4 December 2007 and it was approved by shareholders on 
29 January 2008.
Eligibility
Any director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in 
the plan.
 116
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

26. Employee share plans continued
Nature of plan
This plan is open to both UK and US directors and employees and operates as a deferred bonus 
payment in the form of shares. Awards vest in the hands of the participant in three equal tranches 
no earlier than at the end of the first, second and third anniversaries following the award date if they 
continue to be employed by the Group on those dates. Awards granted under this plan are 
equity settled.
Long Term Incentive Plan 2016 
The Board approved this plan on 5 September 2016.
Eligibility
Any director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in 
the plan.
Nature of plan
The plan is designed to increase the interest of participant(s) in the Company’s long-term business 
goals and performance. The vesting conditions require not only a five-year service condition to 
be fulfilled but also the achievement of performance conditions as specified by the Group’s 
Remuneration Committee. Vesting can occur no earlier than the fifth anniversary of grant but, in 
certain circumstances, a holding period extending beyond the fifth anniversary of grant may also 
be applied.
Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth 
anniversary of the grant date. 
Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.
Long Term Incentive Plan (US) 2017 
The Board approved this plan on 6 January 2017.
Eligibility
Any director or employee of Numis Securities Inc. (NSI), the wholly owned subsidiary of Numis 
Securities Limited (NSL), itself a wholly owned subsidiary of Numis Corporation Plc, may be invited 
to participate in the plan.
Nature of plan
The plan operates in the same way as the LTIP 2016 Plan other than differences which arise in the 
treatment of awards under differing tax jurisdictions and in that vesting can occur no earlier than 
the fourth anniversary of grant but, in certain circumstances, a holding period extending beyond the 
fourth anniversary of grant may also be applied. 
 Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth 
anniversary of the grant date. Non-market conditions are disclosed in the Remuneration report 
on page 82.
Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.
The movement in award shares for each share incentive award plan, other than awards made by 
way of options, together with the number of granted but unvested share awards outstanding at 
30 September 2022 is detailed in the tables below:
RSU 2017
Number
of shares
Total
Number
of shares
Award shares at 1 October 2021
4,521,724
4,521,724
New awards
1,840,873
1,840,873
Vesting of awards
(2,259,748)
(2,259,748)
Forfeiture of awards
(75,343)
(75,343)
Award shares at 30 September 2022
4,027,506
4,027,506
RSU 2008
Number
of shares
RSU 2017
Number
of shares
Total
Number
of shares
Award shares at 1 October 2020
21,150
5,320,256
5,341,406
New awards
–
1,661,181
1,661,181
Vesting of awards
(21,150)
(2,334,817)
(2,355,967)
Forfeiture of awards
–
(124,896)
(124,896)
Award shares at 30 September 2021
–
4,521,724
4,521,724
Under the share plans shown above, awards of 1,840,873 shares (2021: 1,661,181 shares) were granted 
during the year at a weighted average fair value of 295.5p (2021: 316.2p). The weighted average 
market price on grant date for all awards made during the year was 323.6p (2021: 341.1p).
Option plans
The Group may grant options under two different plans – the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2021 and 
an employee option plan, which was originally formulated and approved in 2001, which was the 
main basis of share-based remuneration prior to the other plans being set up. It was open to any 
director or employee of the Company, or Group company, and the plan allowed the Group to grant 
options to employees at its discretion, which were exercisable within a 3- and 10-year period after 
the grant date.
 117
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

26. Employee share plans continued
Movements in the number of outstanding share options during the year and their weighted average 
exercise prices are as follows: 
2022
2021
Group
Average 
exercise 
price (pence 
per share)
Outstanding
options
Average 
exercise 
price (pence 
per share)
Outstanding
options
At 1 October
14.52
1,377,557
3.98
11,295,016
Granted
–
1,301,774
–
1,298,507
Forfeited
–
–
–
(1,384,384)
Exercised
–
–
2.54
(9,831,582)
At 30 September
7.46
2,679,331
14.52
1,377,557
The date range over which the above options may be exercised is set out in the table below. 
The overall weighted average life of the remaining options is 8.58 years (2021: 8.90 years).
There were no options exercised during the year. The weighted average share price at the exercise 
date of options exercised during 2021 was 334.8p. 
At 30 September 2022, the following options granted to directors and employees to acquire ordinary 
shares in the Company were outstanding: 
Grant date
Number 
of options
 outstanding
Exercise 
price
Earliest
 exercise date
Latest 
exercise date
16 December 2013
19,762
253.0p
16 December 2016
16 December 2023
16 December 2013
59,288
253.0p
16 December 2016
16 December 2023
18 January 2021
1,298,507
0.0p
18 January 2024
18 January 2031
Options granted after 7 November 2002 are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair 
value determined is expensed on a staged basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of options that will eventually vest. Fair value is measured by use of a Black-Scholes 
valuation model or a stochastic valuation model dependent on the type of performance conditions 
applied to the award. The expected life used in the Black-Scholes model is adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate and behavioural considerations. Expected volatility is estimated with 
reference to the share price of the Company over a period commensurate with the expected life of 
the option. 
Certain awards contain non-market conditions such as personal and share price performance 
measures. In the event that the assumption made for the measurable non-market condition (staff 
turnover) was increased or decreased by 5%, the impact on the associated compensation cost 
for the financial year would have been an increase or decrease of £9,000 respectively.
27. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated on a profit after tax of £13,703,000 (2021: £57,847,000) and 
110,730,066 (2021: 106,687,884) ordinary shares, being the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue during the year. Diluted earnings per share takes account of contingently issuable 
shares arising from share plan award arrangements where their impact would be dilutive. In 
accordance with IAS 33, potential ordinary shares are only considered dilutive when their conversion 
would decrease the profit per share or increase the loss per share from continuing operations 
attributable to the equity holders.
The calculations exclude shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust on behalf of the Group and 
shares held in Treasury.
2022
Number
Thousands
2021
Number
Thousands
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year – basic
110,730
106,688
Dilutive effect of share awards
4,233
11,021
Diluted number of ordinary shares
114,963
117,709
 118
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

28. Guarantees and other financial commitments
a) Guarantees 
The Company currently has in place unlimited guarantees to the Company’s bankers, Barclays Bank 
plc, for the debts of Numis Securities Limited and Numis Securities Inc., an indirect wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company. At 30 September 2022, the Group did not have any indebtedness to 
Barclays Bank plc (2021: nil). 
b) Pension arrangements
A defined contribution Group Personal Pension Plan has been in operation since 6 April 1997 for 
all eligible employees of the Group. The Group Personal Pension Plan is funded through monthly 
contributions. The Group contributes 7% of members’ salaries, with members separately contributing 
at least 2.5% of their salary. Employees are also eligible for death-in-service benefits. The pension 
cost charge for the year is disclosed in note 7.
c) Revolving credit facility
At 30 September 2022, a revolving credit facility of £35m was in place with the Group’s banks, should 
the Group be required to temporarily fund any short-term settlement obligations. The facility was 
committed until May 2023. Subsequent to year end, a new revolving credit facility of £50m was put 
in place which replaces the existing facility. The new facility is committed until November 2025.
d) Employment arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, at the period end, the Group had entered into new employment 
arrangements that are conditional upon the employee starting in the subsequent period.
29. Financial instrument risk management
Group
Accounting treatment
The categorisation of the Group’s assets and liabilities analysed by accounting treatment is 
summarised below:
At 30 September 2022:
Assets and
 liabilities held 
at amortised 
cost
£’000
Fair value 
through profit 
or loss
£’000
Non-financial 
instruments
£’000
Total
£’000
Assets
Property, plant and equipment
–
–
9,458
9,458
Intangible assets
–
–
275
275
Right-of-use assets
–
–
35,400
35,400
Deferred tax
–
–
1,354
1,354
Trade and other receivables
397,778
5,638
403,416
Trading investments
–
36,071
–
36,071
Stock borrowing collateral
20,354
–
–
20,354
Current income tax receivable
–
–
10,792
10,792
Derivative financial instruments
–
22
–
22
Cash and cash equivalents
105,653
–
–
105,653
Total assets
523,785
36,093
62,918
622,796
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(379,943)
–
(5,777)
(385,720)
Trading instruments
–
(10,340)
–
(10,340)
Lease liabilities (current)
(605)
–
–
(605)
Lease liabilities (non-current)
(40,910)
–
–
(40,910)
Total liabilities
(421,458)
(10,340)
(5,777)
(437,575)
Total equity
102,327
25,753
57,141
185,221
 119
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
Group
At 30 September 2021:
Assets and
 liabilities held 
at amortised 
cost
£’000
Fair value 
through profit 
or loss
£’000
Non-financial 
instruments
£’000
Total
£’000
Assets
Property, plant and equipment
–
–
10,044
10,044
Intangible assets
–
–
558
558
Right-of-use assets
–
–
38,033
38,033
Deferred tax
–
–
4,006
4,006
Trade and other receivables
463,396
–
4,403
467,799
Trading investments
–
58,972
–
58,972
Stock borrowing collateral
18,623
–
–
18,623
Current income tax receivable
–
–
3,171
3,171
Derivative financial instruments
–
629
–
629
Cash and cash equivalents
134,125
–
–
134,125
Total assets
616,144
59,601
60,215
735,960
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
(473,828)
–
(8,118)
(481,946)
Trading instruments
–
(27,217)
–
(27,217)
Lease liabilities (current)
(491)
–
–
(491)
Lease liabilities (non-current)
(39,580)
–
–
(39,580)
Total liabilities
(513,899)
(27,217)
(8,118)
(549,234)
Total equity
102,245
32,384
52,097
186,726
Risk management
Effective risk management is key to the successful achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives. 
A risk management framework sets out the inherent risks of our strategic objectives, clear 
articulation of risk appetite, effective internal controls, allocation of roles and responsibilities, and 
ongoing assessment of risk. The framework is documented and designed so that risk exposures are 
understood, limited, monitored, reported and escalated appropriately. The effective control of risk 
depends upon all employees being conscientious, taking responsibility and upholding a culture of 
risk awareness.
Risk governance
Our risk governance is based on the principle that risk management, risk oversight and assurance 
should be carried out by individuals, committees and functions which are designed to manage risk 
effectively. Risk exposures are monitored, controlled and overseen using the three lines of defence 
model. The first line of defence consists of the business front line employees and committees that 
understand their responsibilities and carry them out in accordance with our risk appetite. The 
second line is the independent oversight of the Risk and Compliance functions, who set and monitor 
policies and risk appetite, define work practices and oversee the business front line. The third line of 
defence is the internal auditors who regularly review both the business front line and the oversight 
functions to ensure that they are carrying out their tasks to the required level of competency. All risk 
management functions ultimately report to the Board.
The Risk Committee consists of non-executive directors and is responsible for the evaluation and 
maintenance of the Group’s control framework and ensuring that policies are in place and operating 
effectively to identify, assess, monitor and control risk throughout the Group. The Risk Committee 
receives risk updates which detail the Group’s exposure to market, credit, liquidity and operational 
risks. The Risk and Compliance functions have day-to-day responsibility for monitoring and 
reporting financial risk exposures within the Group and escalation of issues to senior management. 
Independent assurance of the suitability and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 
framework and controls is provided to the Risk Committee by the utilisation of an outsourced, 
independent internal audit function.
Market risk – equity risk
The Group is affected by conditions in the financial markets and the wider economy through its 
holdings of equity investments arising through the normal course of its market-making, trading and 
investing activities. Equity risk arises from the exposures of these holdings to changes in equity prices 
and their volatilities. An adverse movement in the fair value of our holdings has consequences for the 
capital resources of the Group and therefore it is important for management to monitor and control 
the potential impact of such movements.
The Group utilises a VaR model to measure market risk. VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential 
loss from adverse market movements over a specified time horizon within a specified probability. 
The model uses a historical simulation approach which shocks market risk positions by the actual 
experienced daily market moves observed over the most recent rolling 256 business day window, 
which approximately represents a calendar year. The sum of the simulated returns for each of the 
256 days is calculated and the VaR is defined as being the third worst loss of these 256 days. This 
approach is an accepted industry standard and gives the Group an understanding of the market 
risks on the equities held.
 120
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
VaR limits are set at both individual stock level and portfolio level and are approved by the Board. 
These limits are incorporated into the Group’s front office trading system so that real time monitoring 
of VaR exposures is available to both front office staff and the Risk function. On a daily basis the Risk 
function computes the VaR risk measure based on the end of day portfolio of holdings. The results 
are reported to senior management at the end of each day and compared to the daily trading 
performance. Alongside the use of VaR limits on individual and overall portfolio holdings there are 
absolute monetary trading book limits at gross and net position level.
The Group also utilises a Break Loss model for its positions on its Event Driven book. Break Loss is 
a model that estimates the anticipated loss following the break of a merger/acquisition deal.
The following table shows the highest, lowest and average total long, short, gross and net position 
in listed securities during the year, together with positions at year end. These are reported daily to 
senior management.
2022
Long
£’000
Short
£’000
Gross
£’000
Net
£’000
Highest position
54,528
(46,602)
99,265
25,926
Lowest position
16,407
(8,231)
27,651
(10,047)
Average position
35,786
(27,519)
63,306
8,267
At 30 September 2022
17,637
(10,340)
27,651
6,916
2021
Long
£’000
Short
£’000
Gross
£’000
Net
£’000
Highest position
44,607
(40,897)
85,504
15,328
Lowest position
12,301
(10,280)
23,481
(13,691)
Average position
28,994
(25,394)
54,388
3,600
At 30 September 2021
35,824
(25,713)
61,537
10,111
The table below shows the highest, lowest, average and year end equity VaR.
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Highest VaR
586
924
Lowest VaR
146
179
Average VaR
278
370
At 30 September
159
281
Trading investments
Equity risk on the trading investments held within the market-making book is the day-to-day 
responsibility of the Head of Trading, whose decision-making is independently monitored by the 
Risk function. Trading investments held outside the market-making activities are monitored by 
the Co-CEOs, CFO and senior management. The Group holds positions totalling £18,434,000 
(2021: £13,437,000) in unlisted securities.
A sensitivity analysis based on a 10% increase/decrease in underlying equity prices on the listed 
trading investments held in the market-making portfolio at 30 September 2022, indicates that the 
impact of such a movement would be to increase/decrease respectively profit in the income 
statement by £1,764,000 (2021: £4,554,000).
Trading instruments
Trading instruments comprise short positions in quoted stocks arising through the normal course 
of business in facilitating client order flow. Equity risk on trading instruments is the day-to-day 
responsibility of the Head of Trading. Exposures of this nature are monitored in the same way as 
trading investments above as these positions form part of the trading book.
A sensitivity analysis based on a 10% increase or decrease in underlying equity prices on the trading 
instruments held at 30 September 2022, indicates that the impact of such a movement would be to 
decrease/increase respectively profit in the income statement by £1,034,000 (2021: £2,722,000).
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments primarily comprise equity options and warrants over listed equity 
securities and are predominantly received by the Group as non-cash consideration for advisory and 
other services.
Equity risk arising on derivatives is the day-to-day responsibility of the Head of Trading. A detailed 
inventory of options and warrant holdings is reported to senior management daily and risk is 
measured and reported using VaR methodology.
A 10% increase/decrease in the relevant underlying equity price relating to the derivative financial 
instruments held at 30 September 2022, indicates that the impact of such a movement on the profit 
in the income statement would be an increase of £7,250 (2021: £274,000) and a decrease of £7,250 
(2021: £274,000) respectively. 
Market risk – currency risk
Currency risk arises from the exposure to changes in foreign exchange spot and forward prices and 
volatilities of foreign exchange rates. The Group is exposed to the risk that the Sterling value of the 
assets, liabilities or profit and loss could change as a result of foreign exchange rate movements.
 121
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
There are three sources of currency risk to which the Group may be exposed: foreign currency 
denominated financial assets and liabilities arising as a result of trading in foreign securities; 
foreign currency financial assets and liabilities as a result of either foreign currency denominated 
corporate finance fees, supplier payments or Treasury activities; and foreign currency denominated 
investments in subsidiaries of the Group. The Risk function is responsible for monitoring the Group’s 
currency exposures which are reported to senior management daily.
Currency risk is measured using a similar VaR methodology as that used for the Group’s 
measurement of equity risk. The table below shows the highest, lowest and average foreign 
currency VaR.
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Highest VaR
284
330
Lowest VaR
101
105
Average VaR
168
186
At 30 September
284
148
The Group’s net assets by currency at 30 September were as follows:
Sterling
£’000
US$
£’000
Euro
£’000
Other
£’000
Total
£’000
2022
Sterling equivalent
146,750
24,338
10,557
3,576
185,221
2021
Sterling equivalent
160,582
21,571
4,733
(160)
186,726
The Group hedges any significant transactional currency exposures arising from trading activities 
using spot or forward foreign exchange contracts. At 30 September 2022 there were no material 
transactional currency exposures (2021: nil) and the fair value of derivative financial instruments held 
to manage such currency exposure at 30 September 2022 was £nil (2021: £nil). The Group does not 
hedge future anticipated transactions. Currency exposure to foreign currency denominated 
corporate finance receivables and supplier payables at the period end is not considered material.
The table below shows the impact on the Group’s results of a 10 cent movement in the US Dollar and 
Euro in terms of transactional and translational exposures.
10 cent increase (strengthening £):
2022
2021
US$
£’000
Euro
£’000
US$
£’000
Euro
£’000
Profit before tax
(2,018)
(857)
(1,636)
(468)
Equity
(2,018)
(857)
(1,636)
(468)
10 cent decrease (weakening £):
2022
2021
US$
£’000
Euro
£’000
US$
£’000
Euro
£’000
Profit before tax
2,419
1,024
1,899
556
Equity
2,419
1,024
1,899
556
Market risk – concentration risk
The Group does not have any significant concentration risk in relation to its trading investments or 
trading instruments.
Market risk – interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises as a result of changes to the interest yield curve and the volatilities of interest 
rates.
The Group’s interest-bearing assets are predominantly cash or cash equivalents. Excess cash funds 
may be held on short-term floating rate terms or placed on overnight or short-term deposit. 
Investment of excess funds into cash equivalent instruments may occur from time to time depending 
on management’s view of yields on offer, liquidity requirements and credit risk considerations. In 
addition to cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s cash collateral and stock borrowing collateral 
balances are also subject to daily floating rate interest. The Group does not use derivative 
instruments to hedge interest rate risk.
 122
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
The table below shows the interest rate profile of the Group’s balances that are subject to daily 
floating rate interest. 
2022
2021
Currency
Cash and
 cash 
equivalents
£’000
Cash 
collateral
£’000
Stock 
borrowing 
collateral
£’000
Total
£’000
Cash and 
cash 
equivalents
£’000
Cash
 collateral
£’000
Stock 
borrowing
 collateral
£’000
Total
£’000
Sterling
90,587
18,898
17,549
127,034
120,159
17,035
18,623
155,817
US dollar
3,946
–
–
3,946
10,281
–
–
10,281
Euro
7,743
–
2,805
10,548
3,959
–
–
3,959
Other
3,377
–
–
3,377
(274)
–
–
(274)
At 30 September
105,653
18,898
20,354
144,905
134,125
17,035
18,623
169,783
Fair value estimation and hierarchy
Disclosure of financial instruments that are measured on the balance sheet at fair value is based on 
the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
	
Level 1: Quoted prices unadjusted in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
	
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the 
asset or liability, either directly as prices or indirectly derived from prices; and
	
Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability which are not based on observable market data.
The Group’s financial instruments held at fair value are analysed as follows:
At 30 September 2022:
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Trading investments
17,637
–
18,434
36,071
Derivative financial instruments
–
22
–
22
Assets
17,637
22
18,434
36,093
 
 
 
 
Trading instruments
(10,340)
–
–
(10,340)
Liabilities
(10,340)
–
–
(10,340)
At 30 September 2021:
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Trading investments
45,535
–
13,437
58,972
Derivative financial instruments
–
629
–
629
Assets
45,535
629
13,437
59,601
Trading instruments
(27,217)
–
–
(27,217)
Liabilities
(27,217)
–
–
(27,217)
For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the Financial Statements on a recurring basis, the 
Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing 
the categorisation at the end of each reporting year. There were no transfers from level 3 to level 1 
during the year (2021: one).
Movements in financial assets categorised as level 3 during the year were:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
At 1 October 
13,437
14,701
Additions
3,974
3,400
Net (losses)/gains included in other operating income in the income 
statement
(684)
8,715
Disposals
(418)
(5,125)
Transfer to level 1
–
(8,346)
Foreign exchange
2,125
92
At 30 September 
18,434
13,437
Level 3 financial instruments comprise minority equity holdings in unquoted companies. The 
determination of fair value requires judgement, particularly in determining whether changes in fair 
value have occurred since the last observable transaction in the investee company’s shares. In 
making this judgement the Group evaluates amongst other factors the materiality of each individual 
holding, the stage of the investee company’s development, financial information pertaining to each 
investee company and relevant discussions with the investee company’s management.
 123
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
A sensitivity analysis based on a 5% increase/decrease in the underlying level 3 investment 
companies within the Company’s investment portfolio, would increase/decrease respective profit 
in the income statement by £922,000 (2021: £672,000). There are a number of unobservable inputs 
used to value the Company’s investment portfolio. The most significant of these are:
•	discounts to peer group price or movements in multiples. The impact of increasing these discounts 
by 5% for the most significant investments would be to decrease the value of these investments by 
£602,500.
The carrying value of assets and liabilities not held at fair value (cash and cash equivalents, trade 
and other receivables, trade and other payables and stock borrowing collateral) are not materially 
different from fair value.
Credit risk – counterparty risk
Credit risk is the potential loss that the Group would incur if a counterparty fails to settle its 
contractual obligations, or there is a failure of a deposit-taking institution. Credit risk exposure 
therefore arises as a result of trading, investing and financing activities. The primary source of credit 
risk faced by the Group is that arising from the settlement of equity trades carried out in the normal 
course of business. Expected credit losses are immaterial to the Group due to the quality of 
counterparties and negligible historic loss rate.
The credit risk on a particular equity trade receivable is measured by reference to the original 
amount owed to the Group less any partial payments less any collateral to which the Group is 
entitled. For example, in accordance with the delivery versus payment principle, the potential 
exposure at default sustained by the Group would not be the amount of the outstanding receivable 
balance, but rather the amount representing commission due to the Group and any residual 
exposure from market risk on the underlying equity after a sell-out (or buy-in) has been carried out.
An internal stress test is employed in order to measure the credit risk exposure faced by the Group. 
This is a historical 20-day VaR methodology and a conservative judgement of the likelihood of 
counterparty default. This assessment is applied to the end-of-day equity trade receivable and 
payable balances and the results are reported to senior management on a daily basis.
Credit risk exposures are also managed by the use of individual counterparty limits applied on 
the categorisation of the counterparty (for example, hedge fund, long only fund, broker, etc.) 
and assessed further according to relevant financial indicators and/or news flow. Individual 
counterparty exposures are monitored against assigned limits by the Risk function to ensure 
appropriate escalation and mitigation action is taken.
Trade receivables relating to fees due on the Group’s corporate finance and advisory activities are 
monitored on a weekly basis and other receivable balances are monitored at least monthly. As the 
vast majority of the Group’s corporate finance receivables are due from existing customers with 
ongoing contracts with the Group continuing to provide services to them, expected credit losses 
remain low and immaterial to the Group as a whole. The Group continually monitors its corporate 
finance receivables balances and liaises with client directors within the Group to ascertain 
recoverability of overdue receivables and to assess any risk of default. 
Stock borrowing collateral fluctuates on a daily basis depending on the value of stock borrowed.
Cash and cash equivalents are with large banks with a strong UK presence all of whom have had 
credit ratings at or above Fitch investment grade A throughout the year. Credit exposures may be 
further reduced by diversification of deposits across a number of institutions.
The Group’s financial assets are analysed by their ageing in the table below and represent the 
maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 September 2022 of balance sheet financial instruments 
before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements. Except for stock 
borrowing collateral, there were no collateral amounts held by the Group as security against 
amounts receivable at 30 September 2022 (2021: £nil). 
At 30 September 2022 (£’000):
Not 
Overdue
0 to 3 
months
3 to 6 
months
6 to 12 
months
Over 
1 year
Total
Trade and other 
receivables
396,328
1,326
64
60
–
397,778
Trading investments
36,071
–
–
–
–
36,071
Stock borrowing 
collateral
20,354
–
–
–
–
20,354
Derivative financial 
instruments
22
–
–
–
–
22
Cash and cash 
equivalents
105,653
–
–
–
–
105,653
 
558,428
1,326
64
60
–
559,878
 124
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
At 30 September 2021 (£’000):
Not 
Overdue
0 to 3 
months
3 to 6 
months
6 to 12 
months
Over 
1 year
Total
Trade and other 
receivables
461,080
1,498
348
420
50
463,396
Trading investments
58,972
–
–
–
–
58,972
Stock borrowing 
collateral
18,623
–
–
–
–
18,623
Derivative financial 
instruments
629
–
–
–
–
629
Cash and cash 
equivalents
134,125
–
–
–
–
134,125
 
673,429
1,498
348
420
50
675,745
Credit risk – concentration risk
Concentration risk is the risk arising from exposures to groups of connected parties, counterparties 
in the same sector, or counterparties undertaking the same activity. Concentration risk arises, in 
particular, with respect to the Group’s exposures to unsettled securities trades. These exposures are 
monitored intra-day using the credit risk exposure reports and process outlined above. In addition, 
as orders are taken, system-generated warnings are given of any counterparties whose order is likely 
to grow above £5m in size.
Concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty or issuer may also arise from deposits 
placed with UK licensed banks, and cash collateral placed with stock lenders and Central 
Counterparties, such as the London Clearing House. The credit quality of these counterparties is 
kept under review by management. Expected credit losses are assessed on a regular basis based 
on historic credit losses and future economic outlook. Expected credit losses on trade and other 
receivables are disclosed in note 17 and concentration of trading investments by market is disclosed 
in note 18. 
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that funds are either not available to service day-to-day funding requirements 
or are only available at a high cost or need to be arranged at a time when market conditions are 
unfavourable and consequently the terms are onerous. Liquidity is of vital importance to the Group 
to enable it to continue operating in even the most adverse circumstances.
The Group assesses its liquidity position on a daily basis and computes the impact of various stress 
tests to determine how liquidity could be impacted under a range of different scenarios. The liquidity 
position is also monitored against regulatory requirements.
The undiscounted cash flows relating to Group’s financial liabilities are expected to occur in the 
following periods based on the remaining time to contractual maturity date at the balance 
sheet date:
At 30 September 2022 (£’000):
Less than 
3 months
3 months 
to 1 year
1 to 
5 years
Over 
5 years
Total
Trade and other payables
379,943
–
–
–
379,943
Trading instruments
10,340
–
–
–
10,340
Lease liabilities (current)
194
522
–
–
716
Lease liabilities (non-current)
–
–
17,853
36,181
54,034
 
390,477
522
17,853
36,181
445,033
At 30 September 2021 (£’000):
Less than 
3 months
3 months 
to 1 year
1 to 
5 years
Over 
5 years
Total
Trade and other payables
473,828
–
–
–
473,828
Trading instruments
27,217
–
–
–
27,217
Lease liabilities (current)
139
420
–
–
559
Lease liabilities (non-current)
–
–
12,920
41,009
53,929
 
501,184
420
12,920
41,009
555,533
At 30 September 2022, a revolving credit facility of £35m was in place with the Group’s banks, should 
the Group be required to temporarily fund any short-term settlement obligations. The facility was 
committed until May 2023. Subsequent to year end, a new revolving credit facility of £50m was put 
in place which replaces the existing facility. The new facility is committed until November 2025.
Capital risk
Capital risk is the risk that there is insufficient Own Funds to support our business activities and to 
meet our regulatory capital requirements. It could principally arise from reductions in capital 
resources caused by, for example, operating losses, or increases in capital requirements caused by, 
for example, larger trading book positions. The Firm monitors its capital and seeks to maintain a 
healthy capital excess by analysis of the impact of various stress tests to determine how capital 
could be impacted under a range of different scenarios.
 125
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
Numis Securities Limited’s, the main trading entity, capital resources are comprised only of Common 
Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital for the year ended 30 September 2022 totalling £131.1m. Numis Securities 
Limited CET1 includes ordinary share capital and retained earnings less declared dividends, 
intangible assets, investments in financial sector entities (including its subsidiary in Numis Securities 
Incorporated) and deferred tax assets. The new prudential regime for MiFID Investment Firms came 
into effect in 2022 and therefore no comparatives have been provided. 
The Group manages its capital resources with reference to the requirements of the business and 
also through consideration of the local regulatory requirements in the UK, EU and USA. This process 
ensures that there is either sufficient capital and liquidity to absorb potential losses or that there is 
enough capital and liquidity to ensure an orderly wind-down. 
Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from shortcomings or failures in internal processes, people 
or systems, or from external events. Operational risk can be impacted by factors such as the loss of 
key staff, the quality of execution of client business, the maintenance of performance management 
controls, and a major infrastructural failure and/or terrorist event.
 The Group takes steps to avoid or mitigate operational risk wherever possible. Continuously 
evolving control standards are applied by suitably trained and supervised individuals and senior 
management is actively involved in identifying and analysing operational risks to find the most 
effective and efficient means to mitigate and manage them. A rolling programme of control 
assessments, enhancements to staff training programmes and internal audits occur throughout 
the year.
Company
The risk management processes for the Company are aligned with those of the Group and 
integrated into the risk management framework, processes and reporting outlined within the 
Corporate Governance report on page 64 and in the Group section of this note starting on page 119. 
The Company’s specific risk exposures are explained below:
Equity risk
The Company is only exposed to equity risk in relation to its investments in Group subsidiaries.
Currency risk
The Company has no material exposure to transactional or translational foreign currency risk as 
it rarely undertakes transactions in currencies other than Sterling and consequently rarely has 
financial assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than Sterling.
Interest rate risk 
The Company has no material exposure to interest rate risk as it has no interest-bearing assets 
and liabilities. 
Credit risk
The Company has exposure to credit risk from its normal activities where there is a risk that a 
counterparty will be unable to pay in full amounts when due. The Company’s counterparties are only 
its subsidiaries, as it has no client or other business other than being a holding company. There is 
therefore minimal external credit risk exposure.
Liquidity risk
The Company has no cash and cash equivalent balances. The management of the Group’s ability 
to meet its obligations as they fall due is set out in the Group section of this note. The Company 
manages its liquidity risk by utilising surplus liquidity within the Group through transactions which 
pass through intercompany accounts when it is required to meet current liabilities.
Fair value estimation and hierarchy
The Company does not hold any trading investments or derivative financial instruments.
There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of the Company’s 
financial assets and liabilities.
30. Related party transactions 
Transactions between related parties are carried out at an arm’s length basis.
Group 
a) Intra-group trading 
Transactions or balances between Group entities have been eliminated on consolidation and, in 
accordance with IAS 24, are not disclosed in this note. 
b) Key management compensation 
The compensation paid to key management is set out below. Key management has been 
determined as the directors of the Company (executive and non-executive) and the executive 
management teams of the Group’s operating subsidiaries, who are also directors of 
those subsidiaries:
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Short-term employment benefits
7,931
12,839
Post-employment benefits
55
55
Gains on option exercises
–
26,234
Share-based payments
1,588
2,763
 
9,574
41,891
The above amounts include those paid to Directors of the Company.
 126
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

30. Related party transactions continued
Company 
a) Transactions between related parties 
Details of balances between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the 
Company, are set out as follows: amounts owed to the Company from subsidiaries are disclosed 
in note 17 and amounts owed by the Company to subsidiaries are disclosed in note 22.
b) Key management compensation	
	
The compensation paid to key management is set out below:	
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Short-term employment benefits
4,684
8,528
Post-employment benefits
14
16
Gains on option exercises
–
26,234
Share-based payments
902
2,113
 
5,600
36,891
Details of the remuneration of each director, including the highest paid director, can be found within 
the Remuneration report on page 81. The compensation in the above table has been paid on the 
Company’s behalf by a subsidiary of the Company.
31. Post-balance sheet events
Final dividend 
A final dividend of 7.5p per share (2021: 8.0p) was proposed by the directors at their meeting on 
7 December 2022. These Financial Statements do not reflect this dividend payable, as it has not 
been approved by the shareholders. Based on the number of shares in issue at the year end, the 
total amount payable would be £8,183,000.
 127
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notice of Annual 
General Meeting 2023
129
Information for shareholders
135
Alternative performance 
measures
136
Other information
 128
Annual Report 2022
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report

Please see the explanatory notes attached to this notice.
NOTICE is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of Numis Corporation Plc (the “Company”) 
will be held at the offices of Numis Corporation Plc, 45 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7BF on 
Tuesday 7 February 2023, at 12:30pm to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions, of 
which resolutions 1 to 9 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 10 to 12 will be 
proposed as special resolutions. 
Ordinary Resolutions 
1. 
	To receive and adopt the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 30 
September 2022, together with the Directors’ report and Auditors’ report. 
2. 
	To declare a final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2022 of 7.5p per ordinary share 
payable on 10 February 2023 to shareholders on the register at 6:00pm on 16 December 2022. 
3. 
	To reappoint as a director Mr Andrew Holloway (CFO), who is retiring by rotation in accordance 
with the Company’s Articles of Association and, being eligible, offers himself for re-election. 
4. 
	To reappoint as a director Mr Richard Hennity (Independent Non-Executive Director), who was 
appointed to the Board of the Company since the last Annual General Meeting and, being 
eligible, offers himself for election.
5. 
	To reappoint as a director Ms Kathryn Gray (Independent Non-Executive Director), who was 
appointed to the Board of the Company since the last Annual General Meeting and, being 
eligible, offers herself for election.
6. 
	To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as Auditors, to hold office from the conclusion of this 
meeting until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company.
7. 
	To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of the Auditor on behalf of 
the Board. 
8. 
	THAT in accordance with sections 366 and 367 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”), the 
Company is, and all companies that are, at any time during the period for which this resolution 
has effect, subsidiaries of the Company (as defined in the Act), are hereby authorised in 
aggregate to:
(i)	
make political donations as defined in section 364 of the Act, to political parties and/or 
independent election candidates, as defined in section 363 of the Act, not exceeding 
£50,000 in total;
(ii)	
make political donations to political organisations other than political parties, as defined in 
section 363 of the Act, not exceeding £50,000 in total; and 
(iii)	 incur political expenditure, as defined in section 365 of the Act, not exceeding £50,000 
in total, 
	in each case during the period commencing on the date of passing this resolution and 
ending on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2024 or at 
6:00pm on 1 May 2024, whichever is sooner. In any event, the aggregate amount of political 
expenditure made or incurred under this authority shall not exceed £100,000. 
9. 
	THAT the directors be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the 
Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the 
Company (“Relevant Securities”):
(a) 	up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to £1,906,124 (equivalent to 38,122,482 ordinary 
shares); and
(b) 	 comprising equity securities (as defined in section 560(1) of the Act) up to an aggregate 
nominal amount equal to £1,906,124 (equivalent to 38,122,482 ordinary shares) in connection 
with an offer by way of a rights issue to:
(i)	
ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing 
holdings; and
(ii)	
holders of other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or, subject 
to such rights as the directors otherwise consider necessary,
		and so that the directors may impose any limits or restrictions and make any arrangements 
which they consider necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory or any other matter. 
The authorities conferred on the directors under paragraphs (a) and (b) to allot Relevant Securities 
shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 
2024, or, if earlier, at 6:00pm on 1 May 2024, unless previously revoked, varied or renewed by the 
Company in a general meeting. The Company shall be entitled to make, prior to the expiry of such 
authorities, any offer or agreement which would or might require Relevant Securities to be allotted 
after the expiry of these authorities and the directors may allot Relevant Securities pursuant to such 
offer or agreement as if these authorities had not expired. All prior authorities to allot Relevant 
Securities shall be revoked but without prejudice to any allotment of Relevant Securities already 
made thereunder.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 129
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Special Resolutions 
10. 	 THAT, subject to and conditional upon the passing of resolution 9 set out in the notice of this 
meeting, the directors be generally empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 of the Act) 
for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by resolution 9 and/or where the allotment 
constitutes an allotment of equity securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act, as if section 
561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:
	
(a) 	 the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, 
equity securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of resolution 
9 above, by way of a rights issue only) to:
	
	
(i)	
ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing 
holdings; and
	
	
(ii)	
holders of other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or, subject 
to such rights as the directors otherwise consider necessary,
	
	
and so that the directors may impose any limits or restrictions and make any arrangements 
which they consider necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory or any other matter; and 
	
(b) 	 the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above) of equity securities for 
cash having an aggregate nominal amount not exceeding £285,918 (equivalent to 5,718,372 
ordinary shares), 
	
such authorities to expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company 
to be held in 2024 or, if earlier, at 6:00pm on 1 May 2024, unless previously revoked, varied or 
renewed, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or agreement which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may 
allot equity securities in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the power conferred hereby 
had not expired.
11. 	 THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 9, the directors be given powers pursuant to sections 
570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) and in addition to any authority granted 
under resolution 10, to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560(1) of the Act) for cash 
under the authority given by resolution 9 and/or where the allotment constitutes an allotment of 
equity securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act, as if section 561(1) and sub-sections (1) to 
(6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that such power be:
	
(a)	 limited to the allotment of equity securities up to a nominal amount of £285,918; and
	
(b)	 used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 
six months after the original transaction) a transaction which the directors determine to be 
an acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Pre-Emption 
Group’s Statement of Principles most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to 
the date of this notice, 
	
such authority to expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company 
to be held in 2024 or at 6:00pm on 1 May 2024, whichever is sooner (unless previously renewed, 
varied or revoked by the Company at a general meeting). The Company may before this 
authority expires, make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require 
equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot equity securities 
in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if the power conferred by this resolution had 
not expired.
12. 	 THAT the Company be generally authorised pursuant to section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 
(the “Act”) to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of 
ordinary shares of 5p each in the capital of the Company on such terms and in such manner as 
the directors shall determine, provided that:
	
(a)	 the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be purchased is limited to an 
aggregate of 11,436,744 ordinary shares (equivalent to £571,837);
	
(b)	 the minimum price, exclusive of any expenses, which may be paid for each ordinary share 
is 5p;
	
(c)	
the maximum price, exclusive of any expenses, which may be paid for each ordinary share 
is an amount equal to 105 per cent. of the average of the middle market quotations for an 
ordinary share of the Company as derived from the AIM Appendix to the London Stock 
Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the date on 
which such share is contracted to be purchased;
	
(d)	 this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company to be held in 2024, or, if earlier, 1 May 2024, unless previously revoked, varied or 
renewed; and
	
(e)	
the Company may make a contract to purchase ordinary shares under this authority prior 
to the expiry of this authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry 
of such authority, and may make a purchase of ordinary shares pursuant to any such 
contract as if such authority had not expired.
By order of the Board

R-M Sexton 
Company Secretary 
7 December 2022
Registered in England & Wales 
Company Registered No: 2375296
Registered Office
45 Gresham Street 
London
EC2V 7BF 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 130
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Notes to the Notice of the 2023 Annual General Meeting 
Right to appoint a proxy
1.	
Members of the Company are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to 
attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. A proxy does not need to be a 
member of the Company. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting 
provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or 
shares held by that member.
2.	
A proxy form which may be used to make such appointment and give proxy directions 
accompanies this Notice. If you do not receive a proxy form and believe that you should have 
one, or if you require additional proxy forms in order to appoint more than one proxy, please 
contact the Company’s Registrar, Computershare Investor Services PLC, on 0370 707 1203.
Procedure for appointing a proxy
3. 	
To be valid, the proxy form must be received by post or (during normal business hours only) by 
hand at the office of the Company’s Registrar, Computershare Investor Services PLC, The 
Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS13 8AE, no later than 3 February 2023 at 12:30pm (or, in the 
case of any adjournment, not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned 
meeting). It should be accompanied by the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under 
which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority.
4.	
CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service may do so for the meeting (and any adjournment of the meeting) by using 
the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from https://my.euroclear.com/users/
en/login). CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST 
members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or 
voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.
5. 	
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the 
appropriate CREST message (“CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID 3RA50) by 3 February 2023 at 
12:30pm. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined by 
the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST application host) from which the issuer’s 
agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. 
After this time, any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be 
communicated to the appointee through other means. 
6. 	
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should 
note that Euroclear UK & International Limited does not make available special procedures in 
CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member 
concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, 
or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST 
members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers are referred, 
in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001. 
7.	
The return of a completed proxy form or the transmission of a CREST Proxy Instruction as 
described above, will not preclude a member from attending the Annual General Meeting and 
voting in person if he or she wishes to do so.
8. 	
Shareholders may appoint a proxy online by logging on to www.eproxyappointment.com and 
following the on-screen instructions. You will need the Control Number, PIN and Shareholder 
Reference Number (SRN) printed on the form of proxy. 
Record date
9.	
To be entitled to attend and vote at the Annual General Meeting (and for the purpose of the 
determination by the Company of the votes they may cast), members must be registered in the 
register of members of the Company as at 6:00pm on 3 February 2023 or, in the event of any 
adjournment, 48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting). Changes to the register of 
members after the relevant deadline will be disregarded in determining the right of any person 
to attend and vote at the meeting.
Corporate representatives
10.	 Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who 
may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in 
relation to the same shares.
Communications
11.	
Members who have general enquiries about the meeting should use the following means of 
communication. No other means of communication will be accepted. You may:
	
•	
call our members’ helpline on 0370 707 1203
	
•	
write to Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, 
BS13 8AE 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 131
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Total Voting Rights
12. 	 As at 5 December 2022, being the latest practicable date prior to the date of this Notice, the 
Company’s total issued share capital consisted of 114,367,448 ordinary shares, carrying one vote 
each, and 3,513,989 (3.17 per cent.) treasury shares. Therefore, the total number of voting rights in 
the Company as at 5 December 2022 was 110,853,459. 
13.	 As soon as practicable following the conclusion of the meeting, the results of the voting on 
resolutions proposed at the meeting will be announced via an RNS and copy of the RNS placed 
on the Company’s website www.numis.com. 
14.	 Any member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions. The Company must cause to 
be answered any question relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting put by a 
member attending the meeting. However, members should note that no answer need be given 
in the following circumstances:
	
•	
if to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation of the meeting or would involve a 
disclosure of confidential information; 
	
•	
if the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or
	
•	
if it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the 
question be answered. 	
	
	
Documents available for inspection
15. 	 There will be available for inspection at the registered office of the Company during normal 
business hours on any weekday (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays), and for at 
least 15 minutes prior to and during the Annual General Meeting, copies of:
	
•	
the Service Contract of each Executive Director; and
	
•	
the Letters of Appointment of each Non-Executive Director. 
Explanatory Notes to the Notice of 2023 Annual General Meeting 
Resolution 1 – To receive the Report and Accounts
The Board asks that shareholders receive the reports of the directors and the financial statements 
for the year ended 30 September 2022, together with the report of the auditors. 
Resolution 2 – Declaration of final dividend
A final dividend can only be paid if it is recommended by the directors and approved by the 
shareholders at a general meeting. The directors propose that a final dividend of 7.5p ordinary 
shares be paid on 10 February 2023 to ordinary shareholders who are on the Register of Members 
at 6:00pm on 16 December 2022 (the “Final Dividend”). 
Pursuant to the Dividend Investment Plan (“DRIP”), shareholders will again be offered the opportunity 
to elect to use their cash dividend to buy additional shares in the Company instead of any cash 
dividend to which they would otherwise have been entitled. The DRIP allows shareholders to increase 
their shareholdings in the Company in a simple and cost-effective way. Once a shareholder has 
elected to participate in the DRIP, any cash dividend will be reinvested in ordinary shares in the 
Company bought on the London Stock Exchange through a specially arranged share dealing 
service. As the DRIP does not require the creation of any new ordinary shares in the Company and 
therefore does not lead to dilution of the value of the existing ordinary shares in the Company, the 
directors believe that the DRIP is beneficial to the shareholders as a whole.
If you have already joined, or choose to join the DRIP, the Final Dividend will be used to buy ordinary 
shares in the Company, there are no fees for joining the Plan. A dealing commission of 0.75 per cent. 
of the value of the ordinary shares purchased will be charged (subject to a minimum of £2.50) and 
deducted from the amount of the Final Dividend. Purchases will not be subject to stamp duty reserve 
tax of 0.50%.
If you have not already joined the DRIP and wish to do so, you should either apply online at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk or, alternatively, contact the Company’s registrar Computershare on 
0370 707 1203 to request the terms and conditions of the DRIP and a printed mandate form, which 
must be returned to them at Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS13 8AE, so as to arrive no later than 6:00pm on 20 January 2023. If you have already joined 
the DRIP and wish to continue receiving dividends in shares, or if you have not already joined the 
DRIP and wish to continue receiving dividends in cash, you need take no further action.
Resolutions 3 to 5 – Election and re-election of directors
The Articles of Association of the Company require the nearest number to one third of the directors 
to retire at each Annual General Meeting. 
Mr Andrew Holloway (CFO) is required to retire by rotation and offer himself for re-election in 
accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company.
Mr Richard Hennity and Ms Kathryn Gray are both Independent Non-Executive Directors who were 
appointed to the Board of the Company since the last Annual General Meeting and being eligible, 
both offer themselves for election.
The directors believe that the Board continues to maintain an appropriate balance of experience, 
skills, personal qualities and capabilities and that all the Non-Executive Directors are independent in 
character and judgement. Biographical details of all our directors can be found on pages 58-59 of 
the 2022 Annual Report and on Numis’ corporate website. 
Resolutions 6 and 7 – Reappointment and remuneration of Auditor
The Company is required to appoint auditors at each Annual General Meeting to hold office until the 
next such meeting at which accounts are presented. Resolution 6 proposes the reappointment of the 
Company’s existing auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 132
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Resolution 7 proposes that the Audit Committee be authorised to determine the level of the auditors’ 
remuneration on behalf of the Board. 
Resolution 8 – Authority to make Political Donations 
The Act prohibits companies from making any political donations to political organisations, 
independent candidates or incurring political expenditure unless authorised by shareholders in 
advance. The Company does not make and does not intend to make donations to political 
organisations or independent election candidates, nor does it incur any political expenditure.
However, the definitions of political donations, political organisations and political expenditure 
used in the Act are very wide. As a result this can cover activities such as sponsorship, subscriptions, 
payment of expenses, paid leave for employees fulfilling certain public duties, and support for 
bodies representing the business community in policy review or reform. Shareholder approval is 
being sought on a precautionary basis only, to allow the Company and any company which, at any 
time during the period for which this resolution has effect, is a subsidiary of the Company, to 
continue to support the community and put forward its views to wider business and government 
interests without running the risk of inadvertently breaching the legislation. 
The Board is therefore seeking authority to make political donations to political organisations and 
independent election candidates not exceeding £50,000 in total and to incur political expenditure 
not exceeding £50,000 in total. In line with best practice guidelines published by the Investment 
Association, this resolution is put to shareholders annually rather than every four years as required by 
the Act. For the purposes of this resolution, the terms ‘political donations’, ‘political organisations’, 
‘independent election candidate’ and ‘political expenditure’ shall have the meanings given to them 
in sections 363 to 365 of the Act. 
Resolution 9 – Authority to allot relevant securities
Resolution 9 is proposed to renew the directors’ powers to allot shares. The directors’ existing 
authority, which was granted (pursuant to section 551 of the Act) at the Annual General Meeting held 
on 8 February 2022, will expire at the end of this year’s Annual General Meeting. Accordingly, 
paragraph (a) of resolution 9 would renew and increase this authority by authorising the directors 
(pursuant to section 551 of the Act) to allot relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal amount 
equal to approximately one third of the current issued share capital of the Company. 
In accordance with The Investment Association’s Share Capital Management Guidelines, resolution 
9(b) seeks to grant the directors authority to allot ordinary shares equal to a further one third of the 
Company’s issued share capital in connection with a rights issue in favour of ordinary shareholders. 
If the directors were to use this additional authority, then all of the directors would submit themselves 
for re-election at the following Annual General Meeting. 
Save in respect of the issue of new ordinary shares pursuant to the Company’s share incentive 
schemes or as a result of scrip dividends, the directors currently have no plans to allot relevant 
securities, but the directors believe it to be in the interests of the Company for the Board to be 
granted this authority, to enable the Board to take advantage of appropriate opportunities which 
may arise in the future.
The authorities sought under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this resolution will expire at the conclusion 
of the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2024, or at 6:00pm on 1 May 2024, 
whichever is sooner, unless renewed or revoked prior to such time.
Resolutions 10 and 11 – Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights
Resolutions 10 and 11 are to approve the disapplication of pre-emption rights. The passing of these 
resolutions would allow the directors to allot shares for cash and/or sell treasury shares without first 
having to offer such shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings.
The authority under resolution 10 would be limited to: 
(a)	 allotments or sales in connection with pre-emptive offers and offers to holders of other equity 
securities if required by the rights of those shares or as the Board considers necessary; and 
(b) 	 allotments or sales (otherwise than pursuant to (a) above) up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £285,918 (equivalent to 5,718,372 ordinary shares), being an amount equal to approximately 5 
per cent. of the current issued share capital of the Company as at 5 December 2022 (being the 
latest practicable date prior to the publication of this Notice). 
Resolution 11 would give the directors authority to allot a further 5 per cent. of the issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company as at 5 December 2022 (being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this Notice) for the purposes of financing a transaction which the directors determine 
to be an acquisition or other capital investment contemplated by the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this 
Notice (the “Statement of Principles”). 
The disapplication authorities under resolutions 10 and 11 are in line with guidance set out in the 
Statement of Principles. The Statement of Principles allow a board to allot shares for cash otherwise 
than in connection with a pre-emptive offer (i) up to 5 per cent. of a company’s issued share capital 
for use on an unrestricted basis, and (ii) up to a further 5 per cent. of a company’s issued share 
capital for use in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment announced either 
contemporaneously with the issue, or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and 
is disclosed in the announcement of the issue.
In accordance with the Statement of Principles, the directors confirm that they do not intend to issue 
shares for cash representing more than 7.5 per cent. of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital 
in any rolling three-year period (save in accordance with resolution 11) without prior consultation with 
shareholders. The authorities contained in resolutions 10 and 11 will expire at the conclusion of the 
Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2024 or at 6:00pm on 1 May 2024, whichever 
is sooner.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 133
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Resolution 12 – Authority to purchase Company’s own shares
Resolution 12 seeks to grant the directors authority (until the next Annual General Meeting to be held 
in 2024 or, if earlier, 1 May 2024, unless such authority is revoked or renewed prior to such time) to 
make market purchases of the Company’s own ordinary shares, up to a maximum of 11,436,744 
ordinary shares (equivalent to £571,837), being an amount equal to approximately 10 per cent. of the 
current issued share capital of the Company. The maximum price payable would be an amount 
equal to 105 per cent. of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share of the 
Company for the five business days immediately preceding the date of purchase and the minimum 
price would be the nominal value of 5p per ordinary share. 
The directors intend to continue to purchase shares to offset the dilutive impact of share awards 
granted to staff, subject to prevailing market conditions, financial position and the outlook for the 
business generally. The directors believe it is in the interests of shareholders to mitigate the potential 
dilution arising from our strategy to use equity to incentivise and reward staff. Furthermore, the 
authority will only be exercised if the directors believe the purchase would enhance earnings per 
share and be in the best interests of shareholders generally. The Company may hold in treasury any 
of its own shares that it purchases in accordance with the authority conferred by this resolution. 
This would give the Company the ability to re-issue treasury shares quickly and cost effectively 
and would provide the Company with greater flexibility in the management of its capital base. 
Board Recommendation
Your directors consider that all resolutions being proposed to the meeting are in the best interests of 
the Company and its shareholders as a whole, and unanimously recommend shareholders to vote in 
favour of all the resolutions, as they intend to do in respect of their own beneficial holdings. 
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 134
Annual Report 2022
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

Financial calendar
2022-2023
December
Year end results announced
December 
Annual report issued
February
Annual General Meeting
February
Final dividend paid
May 
Half year results announced and half year report issued
July 
Interim dividend paid
Company information
Company registration number
2375296
Registered office
45 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7BF
mail@numis.com
www.numis.com
Broker
Numis Securities Limited
45 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7BF
Nominated adviser
Grant Thornton LLP
30 Finsbury Square
London
EC2P 2YU
Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol
BS99 6ZZ
Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
7 More London Riverside
London
SE1 2RT
Bankers
Barclays Bank plc
Level 28 
1 Churchill Place
London
E14 5HP
Numis Corporation Plc 
45 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7BF 
mail@numis.com
www.numis.com
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 135
Annual Report 2022
Information for shareholders

The Group uses the following non-GAAP 
alternative performance measures:
Underlying operating profit
Measure: 
Profit before investment income/losses, 
net finance income, non-recurring items 
and tax.
Reconciliation: 
See page 26.
Why we use this measure:
Provides a consistent measure of the 
performance of the core business, 
excluding the impact of non-core 
activities and one-off items.
Underlying operating margin
Measure: 
Underlying operating profit dividend 
by revenue.
Reconciliation: 
See page 26.
Why we use this measure:
Provides a measure of the profitability 
of the core business activities of the 
Group, identifying the operating gearing 
within the business.
Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 136
Annual Report 2022
Alternative performance measures

Produced by Brunswick Creative 
www.brunswickgroup.com
Designed by Designhouse 
www.designhouse.co.uk
Printed by Park Communications on FSC® certified paper.
Park works to the EMAS standard and its Environmental Management 
System is certified to ISO 14001.
This publication has been manufactured using 100% offshore wind  
electricity sourced from UK wind.

Other information
Financial statements
Governance
Strategic report
 1
Annual Report 2022
Numis Corporation Plc 
45 Gresham Street 
London
EC2V 7BF 
+44 (0)20 7260 1000 
mail@numis.com 
www.numis.com